Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 166

Service

Workshop Manual
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ ,
Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol 2006 ➤ ,
Gol 2009 ➤ , Gol 2013 ➤ , Gol 2017 ➤ ,
Gol 2019 ➤ , Golf 1999 ➤ , Golf 2007 ➤ ,
Golf 2016 ➤ , Golf BR 2018 ➤ ,
Kombi n1997 ➤ , Parati 1999 ➤ ,
Parati 2006 ➤ ,doesPolo 2003 ➤ ,
. Volkswagen AG
wage AG
olks not
yV gu

ho Polo 2007 ➤ , Polo 2012 ➤,


d b ara
e nte
ris eo

Polo BR 2018 ➤ , Polo Sedan 2003 ➤ ,


aut ra
ss c
ce
le

Polo Sedan 2007 ➤ ,


un

pt
an
d
itte

y li

Polo Sedan 2012 ➤ , Santana 1991 ➤ ,


rm

ab
pe

ility

Saveiro 2000 ➤ , Saveiro 2006 ➤ ,


ot

wit
, is n

h re

Saveiro 2010 ➤ , Saveiro 2014 ➤ ,


hole

spec

Saveiro 2017 ➤ , SpaceFox 2006 ➤ ,


es, in part or in w

t to the co

SpaceFox 2011 ➤ , T-Cross BR 2020 ➤ ,


Virtus BR 2018 ➤ , Voyage 2009 ➤ ,
rrectness of i

Voyage 2013 ➤ , Voyage 2017 ➤ ,


l purpos

Voyage 2019 ➤ , up! 2014 ➤ ,


nform
ercia

up! BR 2018 ➤
m

a
com

tion in

Electrical system - General information


r
te o

thi
s
iva

do

Edition 07.2019
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Service Department. Technical Information


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se

Service
o tee
th or
au ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
List of Workshop Manual Repair Groups

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
Repair Group
27 - Starter, current supply, CCS

rrectne
92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system
94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior

ss o
cial p

f
96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior

inform
mer

97 - Wiring

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.

All rights reserved.


No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.

Copyright © 2019 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg BRA5R035520


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Contents

27 - Starter, current supply, CCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1


1 Battery A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Important information concerning battery A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Battery A types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.3 Warning notes and safety norms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.4 Battery A connection terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2 Battery A - check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.1 Battery A checking sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.2 Check visually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.3 Battery degassing and replacement instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.4 Check the battery A with inspection window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.5 Checking the low-maintenance battery A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.6 Current consumption - test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.7 Check the charge of the Battery A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.8 Charge acceptance test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.9 Check the resting current of the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
2.10 Check the final battery charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2.11 Checking the resting voltage of batteries (unused or stored vehicles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3 Battery A - charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.1 Battery charger VAS 5095A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.2 Battery charger VAS 5900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
3.3 Battery charger VAS 5900A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.4 Battery charger VAS 5903 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.5 Battery charger VAS 5906 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
3.6 Battery charger n AG. Volkswagen AG
lkswageVAS 5908 . . . . d.o.es. n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
o o
3.7 Completely
db
y V flat batteries . . . . . . . . . . .t .gu.a. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ran 75
ir se
3.8 Battery
tho (Delphi) - charging procedure . . . . .te.e o. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
au ra
4 ss Speed regulator (GRA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
ce
le

4.1 Speed regulator (GRA) - activating/deactivating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80


un

pt
an
d
itte

y li

92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81


erm

ab
ility
ot p

1 Washer hoses - connecting and disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81


wit
is n

h re

2 Washer hoses - repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82


ole,

spec

2.1 Repairing smooth hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82


urposes, in part or in wh

2.2 Repairing wrinkled hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82


t to the co

94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84


rrectne

1 Adhere to the safety warnings and the application of gas-discharge lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87


ss o
cial p

1 12-V socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
inform
mer

1.1 12-V socket - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87


atio

1.2 Socket box light bulb L42 - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87


om

n
c

i
or

2 Lighter U1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
thi
te

sd
a

2.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88


iv

o
pr

2.2 Assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89


um
r
fo

en
ng

2.3 Lighter socket - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90


t.
yi Co
op
2.4 Cigarette lighter light bulb L28 - remove and install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
97 - Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1 Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
1.1 Vehicle Diagnosis, Measurement and Information System - connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

Contents i
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

2 Harness and connection repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97


2.1 General notes on repair work on the electrical system of the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
2.2 Harness repair kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
2.3 Description of tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
2.4 Harness repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
2.5 Fibre optic cable repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
2.6 Aerial cable repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
2.7 Repairing connector terminals and connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
2.8 Unlocking and disassembling the terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
3 Electrical contact cleaning set VAS 6410 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
3.1 Use of the Electrical contact cleaning set VAS 6410 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
4 Lambda probe - replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
4.1 LSF lambda probe (4 poles) - replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
4.2 LSU lambda probe (6 poles) - replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
4.3 Versions of the protection tube of unit lambda probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

ii Contents
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

27 – Starter, current supply, CCS


1 Battery -A-
(VRL012849; Edition 07.2019)
⇒ “1.1 Important information concerning battery A ”, page 1
⇒ “1.2 Battery A types”, page 2
⇒ “1.3 Warning notes and safety norms”, page 3
⇒ “1.4 Battery A connection terminals”, page 6

WARNING

Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security


norms ⇒ page 3 .

Caution
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen o
In order to avoidyV
odamage
lksw to the Battery - - oresto
notthe vehicle, pay
gu
attention to
isethe
d b notes on Battery - A- ⇒ page 2 types.
ara
n
r tee
ho
aut or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an

Note
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility

Due to manufacturing reasons, different types of Battery - A- are


ot p

wit

installed. The work instructions herein described refer to all types


, is n

h re

of Battery - A- . Specific work deviations and instructions should


hole

be deduced for each type of Battery - A- .


spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

1.1 Important information concerning bat‐


tery -A-
rrectness of i

To ensure a long use lifespan of the Battery - A- , check and the


l purpos

carry out maintenance as described in this Repair Manual.


Besides having the function of supplying energy to start the en‐
nform
ercia

gine, the Battery - A- has other functions, such as storing and


m

supplying energy to the vehicle's entire electrical network.


at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
te

Note
a

do
priv

cum
for

Regarding the INMETRO resolution (Notice 299/12), all automo‐


en
ng

t.
yi
tive batteries traded in the Brazilian market as of June 14, 2014
Co
Cop py
must be approved and display the INMETRO logo in its respective
ht. rig
rig ht
label.
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Battery A 1
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

1.2 Battery -A- types agen


AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
⇒ “1.2.1 Low maintenance batteries”, page 2 ed by
V gu
ara
ris nte
⇒ “1.2.2 Standard battery with colour codes”, page 2 aut
ho eo
ra
ss c
⇒ “1.2.3 Enhanced battery with colour codes”, page 2

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
⇒ “1.2.4 Sealed battery (AGM battery)”, page 3

itte

y li
erm

ab
1.2.1 Low maintenance batteries

ility
ot p

wit
is n
Low maintenance Battery - A- with liquid electrolyte (standard

h re
ole,
battery). This Battery - A- is identifiable by the removable cell

spec
urposes, in part or in wh
caps.

t to the co
This type of Battery - A- requires the electrolyte level to be
checked at regular intervals and, if necessary, to be replenished
with distilled water.

rrectne
These batteries are typically equipped with an inspection window,

s
which, by means of a colour code, supplies information about the

s o
load condition and the electrolyte level of the Battery - A- .
cial p

f inform
1.2.2 »Standard« battery with colour codes
mer

atio
om

Maintenance-free battery with liquid electrolyte (wet battery).

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
va

WARNING
i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
Batteries with colour codes showing a bright yellow colour must
Co
op py
not be tested or charged. Do not jump start the vehicle! t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Risk of explosion during testing, charging or jump starting.
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
These batteries must be replaced.

This battery is equipped with a colour code system. Colour codes


provide information regarding battery charging and acid levels.
Colour codes - check ⇒ page 10 .

1.2.3 »Enhanced« battery with colour codes


Maintenance-free battery with liquid electrolyte (wet battery).

Caution

Do not remove any tags and always supply the battery with
distilled water. Perform visual inspections only. Refer to the
battery testing chapter ⇒ page 7 .

WARNING

Batteries with colour codes showing a bright yellow colour must


not be tested or charged. Do not jump start the vehicle!
Risk of explosion during testing, charging or jump starting.
These batteries must be replaced.

This battery is used for special requirements in certain vehicles


equipped with Start-Stop system. The battery type is indicated in
the “EFB” lettering over the battery cover. “EFB” stands for »En‐
hanced Flooded Battery«.
“EFB” batteries can only be replaced with other “EFB” batteries.

2 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

“EFB” batteries have a colour code system to control acid levels.


Colour codes - check ⇒ page 9 .

Note

“EFB” batteries are used since 05/2011 in smaller Otto cycle en‐
gines with Start-Stop systems and manual gearbox.

1.2.4 Sealed battery (AGM battery)


Maintenance-free batteries with electrolyte and without colour co‐
des.
Lead-acid batteries in which the electrolyte is fixated in absorbent
glass mats (AGM). The battery is sealed and equipped with
valves.
AM stands for Absorbent Glass Mat.
Due to the determination of electrolytes, these batteries cannot
have any colour coding. Sealed batteries are identified by the
AGM lettering over the battery.

Note

♦ When replacing sealed batteries, a dry battery must be used.


♦ When replacing this battery, the battery control unit - J367-
must be adjusted.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Connect the vehicle diagnostic
lksw tester .
agen oes
not
o
yV gu
– Adjust the Battery control
ed b unit - J367- ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic arant
ris
tester. ut
ho
ee
or
a ac
ss
1.3 Warning notes and safety norms
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

⇒ “1.3.1 Risks inherent to the handling of automotive batteries”,


y li
erm

ab

page 3
ility
ot p

⇒ “1.3.2 Safety symbols on the Battery A ”, page 5


wit
, is n

h re
hole

⇒ “1.3.3 Airbag system work”, page 5


spec
es, in part or in w

1.3.1 Risks inherent to the handling of auto‐


t to the co

motive batteries
rrectness of i

Knowing and avoiding the risks:


l purpos

Handling batteries can present some risks. However, these risks


can be avoided as long as the information included with the Bat‐
tery - A- , in the owner's manual/instructions and use, and in the
nform
ercia

ELSA system is followed.


m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Battery A 3
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

WARNING

♦ Personnel without training or experience must only carry


out work involving batteries under the supervision of spe‐
cialized personnel, such as a duly authorized and licensed
mechanic or an automotive electrician.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
♦ The electrolyte is extremely corrosive. In the event thatolkthe
swa
gen oes
not
batteries are incorrectly handled, there is a risk ofd bpeople
y V gu
ara
being exposed to their harmful effects. For this orisreason,
e nte
means of neutralizing the effects caused byautacid must be
h eo
ra
available, such a soap solution. ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
♦ In the event that the electrolyte of the Battery - A- is spilled,
du

an
itte
burns may be caused to skin and corrosion to the vehicle,

y li
erm

ab
and safety components may be damaged.

ility
ot p

wit
♦ The gas that forms during transportation and gas exiting
, is n

h re
the Battery - A- vent after transportation is explosive. In
hole

extreme cases, incorrect handling may cause the battery

spec
es, in part or in w

- A- to explode.

t to the co
♦ Batteries whose magic eyes are colourless or of a light
yellow colour must be replaced. They must not be checked
or charged, nor used for crash starting. There is still a

rrectness of i
danger of explosion during verification, charging or crash
l purpos

starting.
♦ Fires, sparks, open flames and smoking are prohibited

nf
ercia

near the Battery - A- . Avoid sparks and electrostatic dis‐

or
charges when handling cables and electrical devices. Al‐

m
m

atio
ways touch the car body before touching the Battery - A- .
om

n in
or c

♦ Only carry out work on batteries in well-ventilated places

thi
te

sd
suitable for this purpose.
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

1.3.2 Safety symbols on the Battery - A-


Safety symbols:
1 - Producing fire, sparks, open flames and smoking is prohibited:
– Avoid sparks and electrostatic discharges when handling ca‐
bles and electrical devices.
– Avoid short circuits (never lay tools on the top of a battery).
2 - Wear goggles.
3 - Keep children away from the acid and the batteries.
4 - Disposal:
– Dispose of old batteries at a battery collection centre (suppli‐
er).
5 - Never dispose of a damaged battery - A- together with do‐
mestic waste.
6 - Risk of explosion:
– A highly explosive mix of oxy-hydrogen gas is produced when
charging batteries.
7 - Follow the instructions printed on the Battery - A- , in the elec‐
trical system repair manual (ELSA) and in the operations manual.
8 - Danger of chemical corrosion:
– The Battery - A- acid is highly corrosive, therefore, wear pro‐
tection goggles and gloves.
– Do not overturn the Battery - A- . Acid can leak from the de‐
gassing openings.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
1.3.3 Airbag system work ised byV gu
ara
nte
or eo
h
aut ra
s c
WARNING s
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

When working on the airbag system (pyrotechnical compo‐


itte

y li
rm

nents, Airbag control unit - J234- , cabling), the earth wire must
ab
pe

ility

be disconnected while the ignition is switched on.


ot

wit
, is n

♦ Next, cover the negative terminal.


h re
hole

spec

♦ Wait 10 seconds after disconnecting the battery.


es, in part or in w

t to the co

♦ The battery must be connected while the ignition is switch‐


ed on.
rrectness of i

♦ No one must be inside the vehicle when connecting the


battery.
l purpos

In this case, ensure there is no one in the area of operation of


airbags and belt tensioners.
nform
ercia

If the ignition is not switched off after reconnecting the battery


m

- warning lamps do not light up in the instrument cluster control


com

tion in

panel - the ignition (key/button) can only be switched on while


r
te o

sitting in the driver's seat, in the rearmost position.


thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Battery A 5
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

1.4 Battery -A- connection terminals

Caution

To avoid damage to the terminals and poles of Battery - A- ,


the following instructions must be adhered to:
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
♦ The terminals of the Battery - A- poles must be manually Vol
ksw
a
not
and effortlessly attached, in order to avoid damage to the ed by gu
ara
Battery - A- housing. tho
ris nte
eo
au ra
♦ Do not lubricate the poles of the battery - A- . ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
♦ Install the terminals on the poles of the battery - A- so that

du

an
itte
the pole of the battery - A- is aligned with the terminal or

y li
erm

ab
slightly past it.

ility
ot p

wit
♦ Upon reconnecting the Battery - A- , check the vehicle
, is n

h re
equipment (radio, clock, power locks and windows, etc.)
hole

according to the Operations Manual and/or instructions for

spec
es, in part or in w

use.

t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos

The tightening torque of the Battery - A- terminals-1- and of the


additional terminals -2- are indicated in the table “Tightening tor‐

nf
ercia

o
ques - battery”, indicated in the respective chapters of each

rm
m

vehicle.

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

6 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV g
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ ,seFox d b 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999ua➤ ran, Gol ...
ri tee
Electrical
utho system - General information - Edition 07.2019 or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
2 Battery -A- - check

du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
⇒ “2.1 Battery A checking sequence”, page 7

ility
ot p

wit
⇒ “2.2 Check visually”, page 8

, is n

h re
hole
⇒ “2.3 Battery degassing and replacement instructions”,

spec
page 9

es, in part or in w

t to the co
⇒ “2.4 Check the battery A with inspection window”, page 9
⇒ “2.5 Checking the low-maintenance battery A ”, page 11

rrectness of i
⇒ “2.6 Current consumption - test”, page 14
l purpos
⇒ “2.7 Check the charge of the Battery A ”, page 16

nform
ercia

⇒ “2.8 Charge acceptance test”, page 27


m

at
⇒ “2.9 Check the resting current of the battery”, page 29
om

ion
c

in t
⇒ “2.10 Check the final battery charge”, page 31
or

his
ate

do
riv

⇒ “2.11 Checking the resting voltage of batteries (unused or stor‐


p

c
ed vehicles)”, page 33

um
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
WARNING ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security cted agen
Prote AG.
norms ⇒ page 3 .

Caution

In order to avoid damage to the Battery - - or to the vehicle, pay


attention to the notes on Battery - A- ⇒ page 2 types.

Note

Refer to the ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet Battery chapter for the cor‐


responding vehicle.

2.1 Battery -A- checking sequence


⇒ “2.1.1 Battery with colour codes - test”, page 7
⇒ “2.1.2 Sealed battery (AGM battery) - test”, page 8

2.1.1 Battery with colour codes - test

WARNING

Risk of injuries! Follow all safety instructions ⇒ page 3 !

Carry out visual inspections in the following order:


1. Visual inspection ⇒ page 8
2. Test the colour codes “3 colours” ⇒ page 10 or “2 colours”,
⇒ page 10

2. Battery A - check 7
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

WARNING

Batteries with colour codes showing a bright yellow colour must


not be tested or charged. Do not jump start the vehicle!
Risk of explosion during testing, charging or jump starting.
These batteries must be replaced.

3. Battery test with the Battery test - VAS 6161- ⇒ page 22 .


4. Depending on the results of the battery inspection, “carry
out electrical current use inspection” ⇒ page 14 .

2.1.2 Sealed battery (AGM battery) - test


Carry out visual inspections in the following order:
1. Visual inspection ⇒ page 8
2. Battery check with the Battery test - VAS 6161- .
⇒ page 22
3. Depending on the results of the battery inspection, “carry
out electrical current use inspection” ⇒ page 14 .

2.2 Check visually

WARNING

Risk of injuries! Follow all safety instructions ⇒ page 3 !

Before proceeding, first visually inspect exterior conditions, con‐


nections and proper seating of covers in the battery breathers.

Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Refer to the ⇒ Maintenance
ed b ; Booklet Battery chapter for
arathe cor‐
nte
responding vehicle.
horis
eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

Caution
an
itte

y li
erm

ab

♦ Improper battery seating may cause damages.


ility
ot p

wit
, is n

♦ Vibration damages reduce the battery service life and rep‐


h re

resent a risk of explosion, damages to grid plates and the


hole

spec

fastening trim could damage the battery housing.


es, in part or in w

t to the co

♦ Check if the battery is secured in place; if necessary, tight‐


en the fastening bolt to the specified torque.
rrectness of i

Follow the visual inspection checklist below:


l purpos

♦ Check whether the Battery housing is damaged. Housing


damages could cause acid leaks. Leaked battery acid can
nform
ercia

cause serious damages to the vehicle. Immediately apply acid


m

converter or bleached soap to affected components.


at
om

ion
c

in t

♦ Check for damages in battery terminals (battery connections).


or

his
e

Damaged terminals may affect battery terminal contacts. Al‐


at

do
riv

ways apply the tightening torque specified in the vehicle's


p

cum
or

“electrical installation” service manual when connecting bat‐


f

en
ng

tery terminals. Conductors may burn if the battery terminals


t.
yi Co
op
are not correctly engaged and tightened. This can lead to se‐ C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by

8
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS
agen
Prote AG.
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

rious electrical operating faults. This ultimately compromises


safe vehicle operation.
♦ Check if the breather hose and the cover are secured in place.
In vehicles where the battery is located in the passenger com‐
partment or luggage compartment, ensure the breather hose
is secured in place. Ensure there is no breather opening
around the positive terminal. Breather openings in this area
must be sealed with a cover. The breather hose must be con‐
nected to the open breather in the negative terminal area.
Refer to chapter ⇒ page 9

2.3 Battery degassing and replacement in‐


structions
♦ The location of the breather is a major safety factor for battery
degassing!
♦ In applications using a breather hose, ensure the hose is se‐
cured in place and check if the breather opening on the op‐
posing side is closed.
♦ When replacing the vehicle battery, ensure there is no open
breather in the positive terminal area. Otherwise, these open‐
ings must be closed with a cover and the breather opening in
the negative terminal area must be open.
♦ In vehicles with AGM battery installed outside the engine com‐
partment, ensure the replacement battery is also an AGM
battery.
♦ When replacing the AGM battery, the battery control unit -
J367- must be adjusted.
♦ Connect the vehicle diagnostic tester .
♦ Adjust the Battery control unit
AG. Vol-ksJ367-
wagen A⇒GVehicle diagnostic
tester. agen does
olksw not
V y gu
db a
♦ All AGM,oEFB+
ris
e and EFB batteries have a lidless protection
ran
tee
cover amoulded
uth into the positive terminal. The breather oopen‐
ra
ing on
ss the positive terminal is closed by default. c
ce
le
un

pt

In case of original spare batteries with the following numbers, a


an
d
itte

red cover must be available on the positive or negative terminals.


y li
erm

ab

If not, this cover must be subsequently inserted. Original Part No.


ility
ot p

000.915.506
wit
is n

h re

2.4 Check the battery -A- with inspection


ole,

spec

window
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

The inspection window -arrow- supplies information on the charge


and the level of electrolyte in the battery - A- .
rrectne

For this type of verification, there are three kinds of battery with
inspection visors (magic eye):
ss o

♦ Maintenance-free batteries with inspection windows “3 col‐


cial p

f i

ours” ⇒ page 10 .
nform
mer

♦ Maintenance-free batteries with inspection windows “2 col‐


atio
m

ours” ⇒ page 10 .
o

n
c

i
or

n thi

♦ Low maintenance batteries ⇒ page 11 .


te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Battery A - check 9
gen AG. Volkswagen A
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤o,lkGolswa 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999do➤
G
es n, Gol ...
ot g
V
Electrical system - General information
ed b - Edition 07.2019
y ua
ra
ris nte
tho eo
2.4.1 Check the battery -A- with battery in‐ au ra
ss c

ce
spection window “3 colours”

e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
WARNING

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security hole
norms ⇒ page 3 .

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
General information on the inspection window (magic eye):

rrectness of i
Valid for all batteries with the index “1J0”, “5Z0”, “5U0”, “000”.
l purpos

The inspection window supplies information on the charge and


the level of electrolyte in the Battery - A- .

nform
ercia

– Before carrying out a visual check, lightly and carefully tap the
inspection window with a screwdriver handle.
m

at
om

io
By doing this, any air bubbles that might distort reading will be

n
c

in t
r

eliminated and the colour code of the window will be more accu‐
o

his
te

rate.
a

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi
Note
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ Especially when a Battery - A- was recharged, that is, even cop Vo
by lksw
when the Battery - - was charged during driving, air bubbles cted agen
Prote AG.
can form under the inspection window. They distort the colour
indication in the inspection window.
♦ Since the inspection window is located on an individual Battery
- A- cell, the code refers only to that cell. An exact assessment
of the battery condition is only possible running a charge test
on the battery - A- ⇒ page 7 .
♦ The inspection window may be located in different positions
on the Battery - A- .

There are three different colour codes:


♦ »Green« the Battery - A- is sufficiently charged.
♦ »Black« the battery - A- is partly charged, charge condition <
65% or flat; the battery - A- needs charging.
♦ »Colourless or yellow« the electrolyte level is too low; the Bat‐
tery - A- needs replacing.

2.4.2 Check the battery -A- with battery in‐


spection window “2 colours”

WARNING

Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security


norms ⇒ page 3 .

General information on the inspection window (magic eye):


Valid for all batteries with the index “5K0”.
The inspection window supplies information on the charge and
the level of electrolyte in the Battery - A- .
The charge condition of the Battery - A- can no longer be read
through the inspection window, use the charge verifier
⇒ page 16 .

10 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Before carrying out a visual check, lightly and carefully tap the
inspection window with a screwdriver handle.
By doing this, any air bubbles that might distort reading will be
eliminated and the colour code of the window will be more accu‐
rate.

Note

♦ Especially when a Battery - A- was recharged, that is, even


when the Battery - - was charged during driving, air bubbles
can form under the inspection window. They distort the colour
indication in the inspection
en AG. V
olkwindow.
swagen AG
ag does
lksw
♦ Since the binspection window is located on an
ot gindividual Battery
o n
yV ua
- A- cell,ris the code refers only to that cell. An exact
ed ran assessment
te
of athe
utho battery - A- condition is only possible when aecharge
or test
isss carried out on the battery - A- ⇒ page 7 .
ac

ce
e
nl

♦ The inspection window may be located in different positions

pt
du

an
on the Battery - A- .
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

There are two different colour codes:

wit
, is n

h re
♦ »Black« the Battery - A- is sufficiently charged.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

♦ »Colourless or yellow« the electrolyte level is too low; the Bat‐


tery - A- needs replacing. t to the co

2.5 Checking the low-maintenance battery -


rrectness of i

A-
l purpos

⇒ “2.5.1 Checking the electrolyte level”, page 12


⇒ “2.5.2 Top it up with distilled water”, page 12
nform
mercia

⇒ “2.5.3 Verifying the density of the electrolyte”, page 13


at
om

ion
c

in t
or

WARNING
his
ate

do
priv

cum
or

Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security


f

en
ng

norms ⇒ page 3 .
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
This type of Battery - A- requires the electrolyte level to be
by c lksw
cted agen
checked at regular intervals and, if necessary, to be replenished
Prote AG.

with distilled water.


Check the electrolyte level ⇒ page 12 .
Top it up with distilled water ⇒ page 12 .

2. Battery A - check 11
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

2.5.1 Checking the electrolyte level


Check the electrolyte level in the battery housing:
– Check the electrolyte level against the (MAX and MIN) marks
-arrow- in the Battery - A- housing.
The electrolyte level is correct when it is at the MAX mark.
If the electrolyte level is below the MAX mark:
– Top it up with distilled water ⇒ page 12 .
Check the electrolyte level in the cells:
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment.
– Remove, if applicable, the protective stickers on the removal
caps.

Note

The sticker with the warning notes should remain on the battery.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
– Remove the removable caps
Vol from the cells.
ksw
oes
not
gu
y
db ara
– Check the electrolyteorilevel
se in the cells of the Battery - A- . nte
eo
th
au ra
c
ss
The electrolyte level is correct when it is at the plastic tab -1-.
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab

Note
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

The plastic tab corresponds to the maximum mark for the acid
h re

level.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

If the electrolyte level is correct:


– Check the cell caps and the O-Rings for damage. Any dam‐
aged components should be replaced.
rrectness of i

– Close the cells with their respective caps.


l purpos

If the electrolyte level is below the plastic tab:


nform
ercia

– Top it up with distilled water ⇒ page 12 .


m

a
com

tio

2.5.2 Top it up with distilled water


n in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

WARNING
um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security Cop py
ht. rig
norms ⇒ page 3 . rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment.
– Remove, if applicable, the protective stickers on the removal
caps.

Note

The sticker with the warning notes should remain on the battery.

– Remove the removable caps from the cells.

12 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Caution

♦ Using electrolyte or any other liquid other than distilled


water to top up the Battery - A- will damage it. Top the
battery up with distilled water only.
♦ The Battery - A- may be damaged if the cells are over-
filled. The Battery - A- should be carefully topped up in
order to avoid acid spills.

– Top up with distilled water until the level reaches the maximum
mark.
– Check the cell caps and the O-Rings for damage. Any dam‐
aged components should be replaced.
– Close the cells with their respective caps.
– Check the battery charge ⇒ page
olksw
16 .
AG. V agen AG
agen does
2.5.3 Verifying the density of the electrolyte
db
yV
olksw not
gu
ara
rise nte
tho eo
s au WARNING ra
c
s ce
e
nl

pt
du

Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security


an
itte

y li
norms ⇒ page 3 .
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Special tools and workshop equipment required


h re
hole

spec

♦ Commercially available densometer


es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment.


– Remove, if applicable, the protective stickers on the removal
caps.

Note

The sticker with the warning notes should remain on the Battery
- A- .

– Remove the removable caps from the cells.


– Check the electrolyte level in the battery - A- ⇒ page 12 .

2. Battery A - check 13
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol ag1999
en AG.➤
Vol,ksGol
wage...
n AG d
oes
ksw
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019
by
Vol not
gu
ara
ed nte
oris
– Dip the densimeter into one of the cells and removeau a large
th e or
ac
enough sample of electrolyte so as to make the buoy
ss in the
densimeter float freely.

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte
The greater the specific density of the electrolyte, the more the

y li
rm

ab
buoy will emerge from the electrolyte. The value can be read from

pe

ility
a scale on the buoy.

ot

wit
, is n

h re
Electrolyte density Condition of charge Power

hole

spec
1,28 g/cm3 100 % 12.7 V

es, in part or in w

t to the co
1,21 g/cm3 60 % 12.3 V
1,18 g/cm3 40 % 12.1 V

rrectness of i
1,10 g/cm3 0% 11.6 V
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
Note
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
Checking the electrolyte density immediately after topping the

s
iva

battery up with distilled water will give an incorrect measurement.

do
r
rp

c
Verify the density of the electrolyte only after the Battery - A- has

um
fo

en
g

been charged.
n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
– Check the cell caps and the O-Rings for damage. Any dam‐ yri
p by
o Vo
aged components should be replaced. by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Close the cells with their respective caps.

2.6 Current consumption - test

WARNING

Batteries showing a bright yellow colour in the battery window


must not be tested or charged. Do not jump start the vehicle!
Risk of explosion during testing, charging or jump starting.
These batteries must be replaced.

Note

♦ Ensure the correct charging mode is set on the charging de‐


vice to avoid interference in the current consumption test.
♦ VAS 5095A, ⇒ “3.1 Battery charger VAS 5095A ”, page 35
♦ VAS 5900, ⇒ “3.2 Battery charger VAS 5900 ”, page 40
♦ VAS 5900 A,
⇒ “3.3 Battery charger VAS 5900A ”, page 51
♦ VAS 5903, ⇒ “3.4 Battery charger VAS 5903 ”, page 53
♦ VAS 5906, ⇒ “3.5 Battery charger VAS 5906 ”, page 64
♦ VAS 5908, ⇒ “3.6 Battery charger VAS 5908 ”, page 66

To quickly confirm the battery conditions, in case of discharged


batteries, a decision can be made based on the battery's current
consumption during charging, establishing whether the battery
must be replaced or fully recharged.

14 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
a
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010
rised
➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Golran1999 tee ➤ , Gol ...
o
ut Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019
h or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte
Note

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p
During the Battery test - VAS 6161- , current consumption tests

wit
, is n
must always be performed if the test result “perform current con‐

h re
sumption test” is shown on the display.

hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Current consumption tests must always be performed in
♦ the following results of the inspection test with Battery test -
VAS 6161- :

rrectness of i
1 - Perform current consumption test
l purpos

Controlling a battery's current consumption capacity allows quick‐


ly assessing whether a partially charged or fully discharged bat‐

nf
ercia

o
tery ⇒ page 75 can keep working after recharging.

rm
m

atio
m

Preliminary test conditions:


o

n in
or c

thi
♦ During battery charging, the temperature should be at least ≥
te

sd
iva

+10 °C

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

♦ The charging unit can deliver a minimum charging current of

en
ng

t.
yi
30 A, such as in VAS 5095A, VAS 5900, VAS 5903.
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
♦ When charging with a Battery charger - VAS 5095A- , the bat‐
rig ht
py by
o Vo
tery's current consumption must be measured with current by c lksw
cted agen
pliers, such as VAS 5051B/7. The battery charger - VAS 5900- Prote AG.

and the battery charger - VAS 5903- indicate a current intake


on the device. The battery charger - VAS 5900- automatically
controls current consumption through a menu.
– Connect the battery to the battery charger and initiate the bat‐
tery charging procedure.
– Measure the battery's charging current after five minutes.
Test result:
If current A consumption is higher than 10% of the Ah rated ca‐
pacity (e.g. > 6.1 A at 61 Ah), charge the battery completely and
test again.

Note

For Eos with two 6V sealed batteries, the charging current can
only exceed the battery's rated capacity in amps by 5%. Example
for Eos: the 50 Ah battery must have a charging current over 2.5
A after five minutes of charging.

– Check if the charging current is higher than 10% of the rated


capacity after fully charging the battery (considering the ex‐
ception for Eos detailed above).
– Let the battery rest for two hours and test ⇒ page 22 .
After 5 minutes of charging, if the charging current is under 10%
of the rated capacity (5% in two 6-volt batteries in Eos) in Amps
(i.e. < 5A for a 50-Ah battery), replace the battery. Fill out the
battery test sheet in cases of warranty and giveaways.

2. Battery A - check 15
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

2.7 Check the charge of the Battery - A-


⇒ “2.7.1 Battery tester with printer VAS 5097A ”, page 17
⇒ “2.7.2 Description of the battery testing device, with printer VAS
5097A ”, page 17
⇒ “2.7.3 Check the battery A charge with the battery tester with
printer VAS 5097A ”, page 18
⇒ “2.7.4 Battery tester VAS 6161 ”, page 21
⇒ “2.7.5 Description of the Battery testing device VAS 6161 ”,
page 21
⇒ “2.7.6 Checking the Battery A charge with the Battery tester
VAS 6161 ”, page 22
⇒ “2.7.7 Testing in maintenance mode”, page 23
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
⇒ “2.7.8 Testing in warranty mode”, page yV
olk24
s ot g
ua
d b ran
e
⇒ “2.7.9 Testing in technical assistance
horis mode”, page 25 tee
ut or
a ac
⇒ “2.7.10 Printed protocol information”,
ss page 26

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

WARNING

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security

wit
is n

norms ⇒ page 3 .

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Battery tester with printer - VAS 5097A-

rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
Additional information about the battery testing device, with print‐
rig ht
py by
o Vo
er - VAS 5097A- ⇒ page 17 . by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

16 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

2.7.1 Battery tester with printer - VAS 5097A-


Battery tester with printer - VAS 5097A-
It is not necessary to disconnect or remove the Battery - A- to use
the battery tester with printer - VAS 5097A- .
The battery tester with printer - VAS 5097A- enables 12V batter‐
ies to be checked with:
♦ 80 - 499 A of cold test current, in compliance with the DIN norm
(Deutsche Industrie Norm - German Industry Norm)1)
♦ 95 - 574 A of cold test current, in compliance with the IEC
(International Engineering Consortium)
♦ 136 - 855 A of cold test current, in compliance with the EN/
SAE (European Norm/Standard of Automotive Engineers)
1) Batteries with a cold test current of 520 A in compliance with the DIN norm can
be checked with the device adjusted to 499 A, in compliance with the DIN norm

To execute the test, the batteries are charged with a current


equivalent to the starting current for a passenger vehicle. The
Battery - A- is evaluated with this charge and the reading is ob‐
tained from the printer.

Note

♦ Consult the ⇒ instructions manual of the battery testing de‐


vice, with printer - VAS 5097A- or the ⇒ quick guide for the
battery testing device, with printer - VAS 5097A- label on the
device or the table: cold test current ⇒ page 19 swagen AG. Volkswagen AG does
k not
Vol
♦ Follow the manufacturer operating instructions
ed for the Battery
by gu
ara
- A- . ho
ris nte
eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

2.7.2 Description of the battery testing device,


pt
an
d
itte

y li
with printer - VAS 5097A-
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

Battery tester with printer - VAS 5097A-


wit
, is n

1- Green LED “device operational” h re


hole

spec
es, in part or in w

2- Red LED, “device on with poles on”


t to the co

3- Red LED, “battery not compatible with the test”, battery


needs replacing
rrectness of i

4- Activation key
l purpos

5- Cold test current selection switch


6- Functions and ON/OFF switch
nform
ercia

7- Connection point selection switch (testing device connected


m

a
com

ti

to the battery/the external verification point in the engine


on in

compartment)
r
te o

thi
s
iva

8- Button to advance paper


do
r
rp

cum
fo

9- Printer
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Battery A - check 17
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

2.7.3 Check the battery - A- charge with the


battery tester with printer - VAS 5097A-

WARNING

Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security


norms ⇒ page 3 .

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Battery tester with printer - VAS 5097A-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le

Check the battery - A- charge with the battery tester with printer
un

- VAS 5097A- : pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Note
wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec

The Battery - A- must be at a minimum temperature of 10°C.


urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment.


– Check the resting voltage of the battery - A- ⇒ page 33 .
rrectne

– Adjust the cold test current of the battery - A- in Amperes (A),


in compliance with the DIN norm.
ss o
cial p

If the value indicated on the Battery - A- is not in compliance with


inform

the DIN norm, but is in compliance with the IEC or the EN/SAE
mer

norm, the indicated value needs to be converted with the help of


atio
m

the table ⇒ page 19 , or the table on the device.


o

n
c

i
or

n thi

– Select the cold test current with the cold test current selector
te

sd
a

switch ⇒ page 17 -5-.


iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

– Select the 80 - 379 A and/or 380 - 499 A measurement range


en
ng

t.
yi
with the functions and ON/OFF switch ⇒ page 17 -6-.
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– Connect the red terminal “+” of the testing device to the posi‐ rig ht
py by
tive pole.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Connect the black terminal “-” of the testing device to the neg‐
ative pole.

Note

Check that the testing terminals are properly in contact

18 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Select the connection point of the testing terminals with the


switch ⇒ page 17 -7-.
1- Right connection to the Battery - A- .
2- Connection to the external testing point in the engine com‐
partment.
– Check that the cold testing current indicated on the Battery - -
corresponds to the value set on the testing device for batteries.
– Press the ⇒ page 17 -4-activation button.
The green LED lights up ⇒ page 17 -1-. The testing program be‐
gins automatically. The test result is obtained from the printer
⇒ page 17 -9-.
– Turn off the device ⇒ page 17 -6-.
– Remove the test terminals.

Note

♦ The test takes approximately 20 seconds.


♦ Test results are obtained from the printer.
♦ Carry out the test once only. If the test is repeated, the results
will be incorrect.
♦ The battery tester with printer - VAS 5097A- needs approxi‐
mately 30 min. to cool and perform the next measurement.

Table: cold test current

Cold test current in A


EN/SAE IEC ⇒ DIN
G. Volkswagen AG d
136 - 17 lkswagen A 95 - 124oes n ⇒ 80 - 104
Vo ot g
178 - e219d by 125 - 154 ua
ran ⇒ 105 - 129
ir s tee
220
uth - 261
o 155 - 184 or ⇒ 130 - 154
a ac
ss262 - 303 185 - 214 ⇒ 155 - 179
ce
e
nl

304 - 345 215 - 244 ⇒ 180 - 204


pt
du

an
itte

y li

346 - 387 245 - 274 ⇒ 204 - 229


erm

ab
ility

388 - 429 275 - 304 ⇒ 230 - 254


ot p

wit
, is n

430 - 471 305 - 334 ⇒ 255 - 279


h re
hole

472 - 513 335 - 364 ⇒ 280 - 304


spec
es, in part or in w

514 - 555 365 - 394 ⇒ 305 -329


t to the co

556 - 597 395 - 424 ⇒ 330 - 354


598 - 639 425 - 454 ⇒ 355 - 379
rrectness of i

640 - 657 455 - 464 ⇒ 380 - 389


l purpos

658 - 675 465 - 474 ⇒ 390 - 399


676 - 693 475 - 484 ⇒ 400 - 409
nform
ercia

694 - 711 485 - 494 ⇒ 410 - 419


m

712 - 729 495 - 504 ⇒ 420 - 429


at
om

ion

730 - 747 505 - 514 ⇒ 430 - 439


c

in t
or

his
e

748 - 765 515 - 524 ⇒ 440 - 449


at

do
riv

766 - 783 525 - 534 ⇒ 450 - 459


p

cum
for

en
g

784 - 801 535 - 544 ⇒ 460 - 469


n

t.
yi Co
op py
802 - 819 545 - 554 ⇒ 470 - 479
t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
820 - 837 555 - 564 ⇒ 480 - 489
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Battery A - check 19
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Cold test current in A


EN/SAE IEC ⇒ DIN
838 - 855 565 - 574 ⇒ 490 - 4992)
2) Batteries with a cold test current of 520 A in compliance with the DIN norm can be checked with the device adjusted to 499 A, in
compliance with the DIN norm

Interpretation of the test results:


AG. Volkswagen A
1- Measurement range selected
lksw
agen in the device. G does
no
Vo t gu
by
2- Diagram, the -arrow-
ris
ed indicates the condition of the Battery
ara
nte -
A- . utho eo
r
sa ac
3- Test result.
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

4- Power in the battery during the charge test.

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
5- Vehicle data and date. These should be filled in by the pro‐

ility
ot p

fessional responsible for the test.

wit
, is n

h re
Due to the strong charge to the battery during the test (a high
hole

spec
current flows into it), battery power will diminish.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ If the Battery - A- is in order, the voltage will come down only
to the minimum voltage.
♦ If the Battery - A- is damaged or has a low charge, then the

rrectness of i
battery voltage will quickly drop below the minimum voltage.
l purpos

♦ After testing, this low voltage will remain for some time, and
will rise slowly.
nform
ercia

♦ Carry out the test once only. If the test is repeated, the results
m

will be incorrect.
at
om

ion
c

♦ In order to test another battery - A- , it is necessary to wait until


in t
or

his
e

the battery tester with printer - VAS 5097A- cools down, for
at

do
riv

approximately 30 min., in order to obtain a correct measuring


p

cum
or

result.
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Note
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
The printing of the test result is necessary for the replacement
Prote AG.

procedure, according to the guarantee.

Analysis of the test results:


Battery test device printout Measures to be taken
Very good starting power Battery - A- in order
Good starting power Battery - A- in order
Insufficient starting power Charge the Battery - A- 3)
Weak starting power Charge the Battery - A- 3)
Very poor starting power Charge the Battery - A- 3)
Unsuitable for tests Charge the Battery - A- 3)
3) After recharging the battery, carry out another test of the battery charge. If after
recharging the battery the following indications “insufficient starting power, poor
starting power, very poor starting power or unsuitable for tests”appear, then the
battery needs replacing.

20 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

2.7.4 Battery tester - VAS 6161-

WARNING
G. Volkswage
Risk of injuries! Pay waattention
gen A to the warning
n AG d
oesnotes and security
norms ⇒ page 3
Vol.ks not
gu
by a
d e ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
It is not
ss necessary to turn off or remove the Battery - A- to use the

ce
e

Battery tester - VAS 6161- .


nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
Several battery types are registered in the Battery testing device
erm

ab
- VAS 6161- .

ility
ot p

wit
Data can be memorized in an SD card.
, is n

h re
hole

The Battery testing device - VAS 6161- is updated using an SD

spec
card.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Note

rrectness of i
For further information, consult the ⇒ Instruction manual of the
l purpos

Battery testing device - VAS 6161- .

nf
ercia

2.7.5 Description of the Battery testing device - VAS 6161- orm


m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Battery A - check 21
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

1 - Integrated printer
2 - Lever to open the paper
compartment
3 - Paper output
4 - LCD display with main
menu n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
5 - Control panel with the “on/ ed
byV ua
ran
off” Power button horis tee
ut or
a ac
6 - Testing cable connector ss

ce
le
un

pt
7 - SD card slot

an
d
itte

y li
8 - Infrared temperature sen‐
rm

ab
pe

ility
sor
ot

wit
, is n

9 - Data transmitter

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.7.6 Checking the Battery - A- charge with


the Battery tester - VAS 6161-

WARNING

Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security


norms ⇒ page 3 .

Special tools and workshop equipment required

22 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

♦ Battery testing device - VAS 6161-

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment.


– Turn on the Battery testing device - VAS 6161- .
– Connect the red terminal “+” of the Battery testing device - VAS
6161- to the positive pole.
– Connect the black terminal “-” of the Battery testing device -
VAS 6161- to the negative pole.

Note

Check that the testing terminals are properly in contact agen


AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
d
– Select one of the following functions. orise nte
eo
h
ut ra
♦ Maintenance mode: specifically for VW dealership
ss a
inventory c
and showroom vehicles ⇒ page 23 .

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
♦ Warranty mode: for batteries during the warranty period
itte

y li
erm

⇒ page 24 .

ab
ility
ot p

♦ Assistance mode: for batteries beyond the warranty period

wit
, is n

⇒ page 25 .

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Note

♦ The verification results may be printed;


♦ No time interval is required before initiating a new test. rrectness of i
l purpos

2.7.7 Testing in maintenance mode


nform
mercia

at
om

io

Note
n
c

in t
or

his
ate

Before performing the test, it is necessary to charge the Battery -


do
riv

A- , using the Battery charger - VAS 5900- ⇒ page 41 or the


p

cum
or

Battery charger - VAS 5900A- ⇒ page 51 .


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– After charging the Battery - A- , wait for 2 hours. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Turn on the Battery testing device - VAS 6161- . Prote
cted AG.
agen

– Select “maintenance test” in the menu.


– Type in the VIN code (vehicle identification number).
– Select “Battery terminal” or “Starter terminal”, according to the
location of the terminals.
– Select the Battery - A- model.

2. Battery A - check 23
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Measure the temperature. Keep the Battery tester - VAS 6161-


temperature sensor 5 cm away from one of the sides or the
upper part of the Battery - A- until temperature stabilizes.
– Initiate the test.

Maintenance test result analysis:


Test result Action
GOOD BATTERY Resume battery use.
RECHARGE Recharge the battery
⇒ page 35 and test it once
again.
FAULTY / REPL. Identify and replace the faulty
battery.

Note

Should, after recharging and the new test of the Battery - A- , the
result be any other than that of a good battery, replace the Battery
- A-

2.7.8 Testing in warranty mode

Note

Before performing the test, it is necessary to charge the Battery -


A- , using the Battery charger - VAS 5900- ⇒ page 41 or the
Battery charger - VAS 5900A- ⇒ page 51 .

– After charging the Battery - A- , wait for 2 hours.


– Turn on the Battery testing device - VAS 6161- . wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
lks ot g
Vo
– Select “WARRANTY TEST” from the menu. d by ua
ran
ir se tee
o
– Select the location of the Battery - A- “Outside the
au vehicle” or
th or
ac
“In the Vehicle”. ss
ce
e
nl

pt

– Select “Battery terminal” or “External terminal”, according to


du

an
itte

the location of the terminals.


y li
erm

ab
ility

– Select the type of the Battery - A- “Normal”.


ot p

wit
, is n

– Select the Battery - A- model.


h re
hole

spec

– Measure the temperature. Keep the Battery tester - VAS 6161-


es, in part or in w

temperature sensor 5 cm away from one of the sides or the


t to the co

upper part of the Battery - A- until temperature stabilizes.


– Initiate the test.
rrectness of i
l purpos

Warranty test result analysis:


Test result Action
nf
ercia

GOOD BATTERY Resume battery use.


rm
m

atio
m

GOOD - RECHARGE Recharge the battery


o

n in
c

⇒ page 35 and test it once


or

thi
e

again.
t

sd
iva

o
r

TEST CHARGE ACCEPT‐ Perform the charge acceptance


rp

cu
o

ANCE test ⇒ page 27


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
FAULTY BATTERY Replace the battery. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

24 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Test result Action


EXTERNAL TERMINAL Connect the cable directly into
the battery terminal instead of
the external terminal.

Note

♦ In case the result is charge acceptance test, and the Battery -


A- was tested outside the vehicle, charge the Battery - A-
⇒ page 35 and test it once again; in case of any result other
than “GOOD BATTERY”, replace the Battery - A- .
♦ Should, after recharging and the new test of the Battery - A- ,
the result be any other than that of a “GOOD BATTERY”, re‐
place the Battery - A-

2.7.9 Testing in technical assistance mode


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
Note yV
olks ot g
ua
d b ran
ir se tee
Before performing the test, u it is necessary to charge the Battery -
tho
or
A- , using the Battery charger - VAS 5900- ⇒ page 41 or the
a ac
ss
Battery charger - VAS 5900A- ⇒ page 51 .

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
– After charging the Battery - A- , wait for 2 hours.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Turn on the Battery testing device - VAS 6161- .

wit
is n

h re
– Select “assistance test” in the menu.
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Select “Battery terminal” or “External terminal”, according to


the location of the terminals. t to the co
– Select the type of the Battery - A- “Normal”.
rrectne

– Select the “CCA”, “JIS”, “DIN”, “SAE”, “IEC” or “EN” standard


(as indicated in the battery label).
ss o

– Select the Battery - A- model.


cial p

f inform

– Measure the temperature. Keep the Battery tester - VAS 6161-


mer

temperature sensor 5 cm away from one of the sides or the


atio
m

upper part of the Battery - A- until temperature stabilizes.


o

n
c

i
or

n thi

– Initiate the test.


te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

Assistance test result analysis:


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Test result Action
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
GOOD BATTERY Resume battery use.
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
GOOD - RECHARGE Recharge the battery
Prote AG.

⇒ page 35 and test it once


again.
CHARGE + TEST Perform the charge acceptance
test ⇒ page 27 , charge and
test the battery once again
FAULTY BATTERY Check connections regarding
cables and battery poles and
retest the battery. If the diagno‐
sis is repeated, replace the bat‐
tery.
BAD CELL Replace the battery.

2. Battery A - check 25
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Test result Action


EXTERNAL TERMINAL Connect the cable directly into
the battery terminal instead of
the starter terminal.

Note

Should, after recharging and the new test of the Battery - A- , the
result be any other than that of a “GOOD BATTERY”, replace the
Battery - A-

2.7.10 Printed protocol information


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
1 - Test type ir se
d ran
tee
o
❑ Maintenance, warranty auth or
ac
or assistance mode ss

ce
e
nl

pt
2 - Test result
du

an
itte

y li
erm

Check respective actions:

ab
ility
ot p

❑ Maintenance mode

wit
, is n

⇒ page 24 .

h re
hole

spec
❑ Warranty mode
es, in part or in w

⇒ page 24 .

t to the co
❑ Assistance mode
⇒ page 25 .

rrectness of i
3 - Measured voltage
l purpos

4 - Battery cold start value


measured

nform
ercia

5 - Battery cold start rated val‐


ue
m

at
om

io
❑ Selected in the device

n
c

in t
or

his
e

6 - Battery temperature
at

do
priv

7 - Battery location cum


for

en
ng

t.
❑ In the vehicle or outside
yi Co
op
the vehicle
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
8 - Test location
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ Battery or starter termi‐
Prote AG.

nal
9 - Battery type

26 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

2.8 Charge acceptance test


⇒ “2.8.1 Charge acceptance test with the VAS 6161 ”,
page 27
⇒ “2.8.2 Charge acceptance test with the VAS 5097A ”,
page 27

WARNING

Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security


norms ⇒ page 3 .

Note
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
♦ Ensure that the regulated charge mode is correct, in
y Vorder not
olks ot g
ua
to compromise the charge acceptance test. ris
ed
b ran
tee
tho
♦ Battery charger - VAS 5095A- ⇒ page 36s.au
or
ac
s

ce
♦ Battery charger - VAS 5900- ⇒ page 41 .
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

♦ Battery charger - VAS 5900A- ⇒ page 51 .

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
♦ Battery charger - VAS 5903- ⇒ page 54 .
ot

wit
, is n

♦ Battery charger - VAS 5906- ⇒ page 65 .

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

2.8.1 Charge acceptance test with the -VAS

t to the co
6161-

rrectness of i
The charge acceptance test must be performed in case of the
l purpos

following battery check results, under the warranty or technical


support modes with the Battery test - VAS 6161- :

nform
ercia

1 - Test charge acceptance


m

2 - Charge+Test

a
com

tion in
Depending on the Battery tester - VAS 6161- results, other veri‐
r
te o

fication steps or activities to clearly establish the condition of the thi


s
iva

do

Battery - A- can be carried out.


r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
Execute the following tasks:
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Connect the Battery - A- to the battery charger and have it fully
ht
pyri by
Vo
charged.
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– After a 2 hour resting time run the Battery - A- checking test
again in the following modes:
1- Warranty mode testing. ⇒ page 24
2- Technical support testing. ⇒ page 25

2.8.2 Charge acceptance test with the -VAS


5097A-
In case of flat batteries, to obtain a rapid response on the charge
state of the battery, it is possible to obtain a quick answer whether
the battery - A- should be replaced or recharged during the intake
of current by the battery - A- .

2. Battery A - check 27
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

The current consumption test must be carried out whenever the


verification test result with the Battery testing device, with printer
- VAS 5097A- presents one of the following results:
1 - Sufficient kick-start power
2 - Unsatisfactory kick-start power
3 - Very unsatisfactory kick-start power
4 - Not compatible with the test - Charge the Battery - A- and
repeat the test
5 - In the event that the device does not turn on (no LED, no
printout)
Depending on the Battery tester results ⇒ page 20 , Battery test
device with printer - VAS 5097A- other verification steps or activ‐
ities to clearly establish the condition of the Battery - A- can be
carried out.
Verification of the current intake capacity of a Battery - A- during
the charging process enables a very quick assessment whether
it is possible to reuse the Battery - A- or not, notwithstanding
whether the battery is uncharged or charged.

Checking conditions:
♦ During battery - A- charging, the temperature should be at
least ≥ 10 °C
♦ The charging device must debit at least 30 A of the charging
current, as is the case of the battery charger - VAS 5095A- ,
battery charger - VAS 5900- , battery charger - VAS 5903- .
♦ When charging the Battery - A- with the battery charger - VAS
5095A- , the current intake of the battery must be measured
with the Amp Clamp - VAS 5051B/7- .
♦ The battery charger - VAS 5900- and the battery charger - VAS
5903- indicate a current intake on the device.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Execute the following tasks: Volksw not
gu
d by ara
e
– Connect the Battery - A- to the battery charger and initiate
horisthe nte
eo
charging process. aut ra
c
ss
– After five minutes, measure the charge current of the Battery
ce
le
un

pt

- A- .
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab

Verification result:
ility
ot p

wit
is n

Five minutes after initiating the charging procedure, the charge


h re
ole,

current should be 10% above the nominal capacity.


spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

Example:
For a 60 Ah Battery - A- the charge current should be higher than
6 A, 5 minutes after charging has begun.
rrectne

– Fully charge the Battery - A- when the charge current is higher


s

than 10% of the nominal capacity.


s o
cial p

f i

– After a resting time of two hours, check the Battery - A-


nform

⇒ page 18 charge.
mer

atio
m

If the charge current is less than 10% of the nominal capacity (in
o

n
c

amperes) five minutes after charging has begun, (in other words,
or

n thi
e

for a battery with 60 Ah < 6A), replace the Battery - A- .


t

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
28
agen
Prote AG.
Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system
wage
n AG-. V
General
olkswageninformation
AG do
e
- Edition 07.2019
ks s no
Vol t gu
by ara
2.9 Check the resting current of the battery ed
ris nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
WARNING

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security

rm

ab
pe
norms ⇒ page 3 .

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w
Note

t to the co
Other available test equipment and tools may also be used. Refer
to the ⇒ Special Tools and Workshop Equipment Catalogue .

rrectness of i
l purpos

Special tools and workshop

nform
ercia

equipment required
m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system - VAS


5051A-
♦ Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system - VAS
5051B-
♦ Amp clamp 50A - VAS 5051/9-
♦ Amp clamp - VAS 5051B/7-

2. Battery A - check 29
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Note

Measuring the resting current determines the existence of current


loss from the Battery - A- in vehicles that are turned off.

Checking conditions:
– Await a minimum of 2 hours. During this time, do not open the
doors or the luggage compartment so that the units remain at
rest.
– Attention should also be given to the bonnet contact switch /
anti-theft alarm and vermin repellent switch - F120- , for the
alarm unit not to leave the resting status.
Checking:
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
– Remove the ignition key. yV
olksw not
gu
d b ara
e
– Await a minimum of 2 hours. horis nte
eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le

Note
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
♦ Prior to performing the test, calibrate the 50A amp clamp - VAS
pe

ility
5051/9- or later equipment.
ot

wit
, is n

♦ There is no need to connect the diagnostic cable to the 16-pin

h re
hole

diagnostic connector - T16- .

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

30 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Place the 50A amp clamp - VAS 5051/9- or later equipment


onto the negative cable of the battery according to the arrow
in the direction of the body.n AG. Volkswagen A
age G do
ksw es n
Verification result: by Vol ot g
ua
ed ran
– Check oris
the resting current for the Battery - A- on the table: tee
th or
s au ac
s
BATTERIES

ce
e
nl

pt
du

Capacity (Ah) For vehicles (► For vehicles

an
itte

y li
06/22/2008) (06/23/2008►)
erm

ab
ility
Maximum current loss Maximum current
ot p

wit
(mA) loss (mA)
, is n

h re
hole

36 13.5 10.5

spec
es, in part or in w

40 15 11.7

t to the co
44 16.5 12.8
48 18 14

rrectness of i
51 19.1 14.9
l purpos

54 20.3 15.8
59 22.1 17.2

nf
ercia

o
60 22.5 17.5

rm
m

atio
m

61 22.9 17.8
o

n in
or c

63 23.6 18.4
thi
te

sd
a

68 25.5 19.8
iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

69 25.9 20.1
m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
70 t. Cop 26.3 20.4 py
rig
gh
72 27 21
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
80 30
Prote
cted AG. 23.3 agen

85 31.9 24.8
92 34.5 26.8
95 35.6 27.7
110 41.3 32.1

Note

If the amount of current indicated in the measurement is greater


than indicated on the table, there may be an electric system fail‐
ure.

2.10 Check the final battery charge

WARNING

Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security


norms ⇒ page 3 .

Note

Other available test equipment and tools may also be used. Refer
to the ⇒ Special Tools and Workshop Equipment Catalogue .

2. Battery A - check 31
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Special tools and workshop agen


AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
equipment required olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system - VAS


5051A-
♦ Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system - VAS
5051B-
♦ Amp clamp 50A - VAS 5051/9-
♦ Amp Clamp - VAS 5051B/7-
Checking:

Note

♦ Prior to performing the test, calibrate the 50A amp clamp - VAS
5051/9- or later equipment.
♦ There is no need to connect the diagnostic cable to the 16-pin
diagnostic connector - T16- .

32 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Place the 50A amp clamp - VAS 5051/9- or later equipment


onto the negative cable of the battery according to the arrow
in the direction of the body.
– Turn the vehicle on and await engine rotation to stabilize.
Verification result:
– The current value should be positive, demonstrating that the
vehicle is being charged by the alternator.

Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen o
When turning on electrical consumers, yV
olks the current should, at no
w es n
ot g
time, be negative, which would eddemonstrate
b an failure in the ua
ran
charging of the battery by theorisalternator. tee
th o
au ra
c
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

2.11 Checking the resting voltage of batteries

h re
hole

(unused or stored vehicles)

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
WARNING

rrectness of i
Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security
norms ⇒ page 3 .
l purpos

nform
ercia

Special tools and workshop equipment required


m

♦ Portable multimeter or EQ 7318 or EQ 7321 - VAG 1526C- at


om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

♦ The Battery - - should not have been charged or drained inside


the two hours that precede the measuring. Charging or drain‐
ing procedures executed in this period will result in incorrect
measurement.
♦ The purpose of measuring the quiescent voltage is to deter‐
mine whether it is necessary to charge the Battery - A- later
on in an unused or stored vehicle.

Checking conditions:
– Disconnect the terminal from the negative pole of the Battery
- A- .

2. Battery A - check 33
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Wait at least 2 hours. During this period, the Battery - A- is not


to be charged or drained.
– Measure the quiescent voltage of the Battery - A- with the
Portable multimeter or EQ 7318 or EQ 7321 - VAG 1526C- .
Quiescent voltage Condition of charge State of the battery
olksw gen AG
11.6 V 0% en AG. V noacharge.
wagDrained, doeTotally drained ⇒ page 75 .
olks s no
yV t gu
b ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
u ra
sa c
Measurement Procedure
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

Quiescent voltage ≥ Quiescent voltage in order, check the

an
itte

12.5 V charge of the battery ⇒ page 16 .

y li
erm

ab
ility
Quiescent voltage < Charge the battery - A- ⇒ page 35 .
ot p

12.5 V

wit
, is n

h re
hole

If the Battery - A- was charged, proceed as follows basis the out‐

spec
come of the reading:
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Wait at least 2 hours. During this period, the Battery - A- is not
to be charged or drained.

rrectness of i
– Measure the quiescent voltage of the Battery - A- with the
Portable multimeter or EQ 7318 or EQ 7321 - VAG 1526C- .
l purpos

nform
ercia

Note
m

at
om

If, after charging the quiescent voltage of the Battery - A- is < (12.5

ion
c

V), Battery - A- must be replaced.

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

34 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

3 Battery -A- - charging AG. Volkswagen AG d


agen oes
ksw
⇒ “3.1 Battery charger VAS 5095A ”, page by
V 35
ol not
gu
ara
e d
is nte
⇒ “3.2 Battery charger VAS 5900th”,
o page 40
r eo
au ra
c
⇒ “3.3 Battery charger VAS 5900A
ss
”, page 51

ce
e
nl

pt
du
⇒ “3.4 Battery charger VAS 5903 ”, page 53

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
⇒ “3.5 Battery charger VAS 5906 ”, page 64

ility
ot p

⇒ “3.6 Battery charger VAS 5908 ”, page 66

wit
, is n

h re
hole

⇒ “3.7 Completely flat batteries”, page 75

spec
es, in part or in w

⇒ “3.8 Battery (Delphi) - charging procedure”, page 76

t to the co
WARNING

rrectness of i
Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security
l purpos

norms ⇒ page 3 .

nform
mercia

at
om

Caution

ion
c

in t
or

his
e

In order to avoid damage to the Battery - - or to the vehicle, pay


at

do
riv

attention to the notes on Battery - A- ⇒ page 2 types.


p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
3.1 Battery charger - VAS 5095A-
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
⇒ “3.1.1 Description of the Battery charger VAS 5095A ”,
lksw
cted agen
Prote
page 36
AG.

⇒ “3.1.2 Charging the Battery A with the Battery charger VAS


5095A ”, page 36
⇒ “3.1.3 Charging a heavily drained Battery A with the Battery
charger VAS 5095A ”, page 37
⇒ “3.1.4 Auxiliary operations with the Battery charger VAS 5095A
”, page 38
⇒ “3.1.5 Trickle charge with the Battery charger VAS 5095A ”,
page 39

WARNING

Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security


norms ⇒ page 3 .

In this chapter, the basic functions of the Battery charger - VAS


5095A- are described. For further information, consult the ⇒ In‐
struction manual of the Battery charger - VAS 5095A- .

Note

♦ This device does not enable a reading of the effective charge


current. The charge current should be measured with a current
measuring clamp.
♦ Consult the ⇒ Instruction manual Battery charger - VAS
5095A- .

3. Battery A - charging 35
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

3.1.1 Description of the Battery charger - VAS


5095A-
The Battery charger - VAS 5095A- is suitable for charging all 12
V batteries.

1- ON/OFF switch (0 = OFF)


2- Indication of charge current (I > 12A)
3- Indication of the charge current; Battery - A- partially charg‐
ed > 90%
4- Charge held; the green light turns on when the Battery - - is
charged
5- Indication of fault
6- Indication of auxiliary operation
7- Operation selection/normal operation switch
8- Charging cable, red charging terminal “+”, black charging
terminal “-”
9- Type of battery selection switch (at the base of the charger)

3.1.2 Charging the Battery - A-enwith the Bat‐


AG. Volkswagen AG d
tery charger - VASy V5095A-
olks
wag oes
not
gu b ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
WARNING au ac
ss
ce
e
nl

Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security


pt
du

an

norms ⇒ page 3 .
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Special tools and workshop equipment required


h re
hole

spec

♦ Battery charger - VAS 5095A-


es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
g

Caution
n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
When charging, always set the Battery - A- type at 2.4 V/C
rig ht
py by
Vo
(Volt/cell). This indication is applicable to all batteries.
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

36 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
Note orise nte
eo
h
aut ra
s c
♦ The Battery - A- should always be at a minimum temperature s

ce
e
of 10 °C.

nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
♦ Do not open the caps of batteries with removable caps during

erm

ab
charging.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
Execute the following tasks:

hole

spec
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment.

es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Check the Battery - A- type setting on the selection switch for
the type of Battery - A- ⇒ page 36 -9-. This should be set to
2.4 V/C (Volt/cell).

rrectness of i
– Connect the red charging terminal “+” of the charger to the
l purpos

positive pole of the Battery - A- .


– Connect the black charging terminal “-” of the charger to the

nform
ercia

negative pole of the Battery - A- .


m

at
om

– Turn on the charger ⇒ page 36 -1-.

ion
c

in t
or

The indications of the charge current ⇒ page 36 -2- and -3- are

his
ate

indicated by a LED (yellow). The Battery - A- will be partially

do
priv

c
charged (approx. 90 %) when the LED (yellow) -3- lights up.

um
for

en
ng

t.
If the LED (green) ⇒ page 36 -4- also lights up, the charger has
yi Co
op
commuted to a trickle charge. The Battery - A- is charged.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Turn off the charger ⇒ page 36 -1-.
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the charging terminals from the poles of the Battery
- A- .

3.1.3 Charging a heavily drained Battery - A-


with the Battery charger - VAS 5095A-

WARNING

Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security


norms ⇒ page 3 .

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Battery charger - VAS 5095A-

The charger automatically recognizes completely drained batter‐


ies and begins the charging procedure with a lower charge current
in order not to damage them. The charging current is automati‐
cally adjusted to the charge condition of the Battery - A- .

3. Battery A - charging 37
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Note

♦ Pay attention to the notes in chapter entitled “Completely


drained batteries” ⇒ page 75 .
♦ The minimum voltage of the Battery - A- should be 0.6V

– Charge the battery - A- ⇒ page 36 .

3.1.4 Auxiliary operations with the Battery


charger - VAS 5095A-

WARNING

Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security


norms ⇒ page 3 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
Special tools and workshop equipmentisrequired
ed b ara
nte
or eo
h
♦ Battery charger - VAS 5095A- s aut ra
c
s

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectnes
General information:
s o
cial p

f i

During auxiliary operation, the Battery charger - VAS 5095A-


nform

takes over the functions of the dysfunctional Battery - A- in the


mer

atio

vehicle, whilst the latter is being replaced. The on-board voltage


om

remains unaltered. Electrical components in the vehicle (for ex‐


n
c

i
or

ample, electric windows) can be used normally.


thi
te

sd
va

Further information can be obtained in the ⇒ VAS 5095A Instruc‐


i

o
pr

cum
r

tion manual
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Support function is suitable for the following situations: Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
♦ Supporting the functioning of on-board systems without an in‐ p by
co Vo
stalled Battery - A-
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ maintenance of voltage in the event of the Battery - A- re‐
placement
♦ Testing of aggregates without Battery - A-

Caution

♦ When charging, always set the Battery - A- type at 2.4 V/


C (Volt/cell). This indication is applicable to all batteries.
♦ The charge terminals of the Battery charger - VAS 5095A-
must not detach themselves from the poles of the Battery
- A- during battery replacement.

38 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment.


– Set the auxiliary operations/normal operations switch
⇒ page 36 -7- to “auxiliary operation”.
– Connect the red charging terminal “+” of the charger to the
positive pole of the vehicle.
– Connect the black charging terminal “-” of the charger to the
negative pole of the vehicle.
– Check the Battery - A- type setting on the selection switch for . Volkswagen AG
the type of Battery - A- ⇒ page 36 -9-. This should be set kto gen AG does
l swa not
2.4 V/C (Volt/cell). by Vo gu
a
ed ran
ris
– Turn on the charger ⇒ page 36 -1-. ut
ho tee
or
sa ac
The yellow LEDs ⇒ page 36 -3- and -6- light up.s

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

Note

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

♦ A minimum charge of 0.6 A is necessary (e.g. tail lights). Oth‐

h re
erwise, auxiliary operation cannot be activated.
hole

spec
♦ During auxiliary operation, the intensity of the current is re‐
es, in part or in w

t to the co
stricted to 5A.

– Turn on the tail lights of the vehicle.

rrectness of i
– Replace the Battery - A- .
l purpos

– Turn off the charger ⇒ page 36 -1-.

nform
ercia

– Remove the charging terminals from the poles of the Battery


- A- .
m

a
com

tio
– Reset the auxiliary operations/normal operations switch

n in
r
te o

⇒ page 36 -7- to “normal operation”.

thi
s
iva

do
3.1.5 Trickle charge with the Battery charger -
r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

VAS 5095A-
n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
WARNING cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security
norms ⇒ page 3 .

When trickle charging, the Battery charger - VAS 5095A- provides


a safe charge and keeps the Battery - A- charged.
– The procedure is identical to that of charging the Battery - A-
⇒ page 36 .

Note

♦ If, during trickle charging, the Battery - A- is drained by an


electrical consumer, the Battery charger - VAS 5095A- auto‐
matically compensates it with the corresponding charge.
♦ The trickle charge has no time limit to be executed.
♦ The Battery - A- is always operational.

3. Battery A - charging 39
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

3.2 Battery charger - VAS 5900-


⇒ “3.2.1 Description of the Battery charger VAS 5900 ”,
page 40
⇒ “3.2.2 Charging the Battery A with the Battery charger VAS
5900 ”, page 41
⇒ “3.2.3 Servicing charge with the Battery charger VAS 5900 ”,
page 44 . Volkswage n AG n AG d
wage oes
⇒ “3.2.4 Charging a completely drained yV
obattery
lks with the Battery not
gu
charger VAS 5900 ”, page 46 ised b ara
nte
r
ho eo
⇒ “3.2.5 Auxiliary operations swith
au the Battery charger VAS
t
5900 ra
c
”, page 49 s

ce
le
un

pt
⇒ “3.2.6 Trickle charge operational mode with the Battery charger

an
d
itte

y li
VAS 5900 ”, page 50
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

WARNING

h re
hole

spec
Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security
es, in part or in w

norms ⇒ page 3 .

t to the co
rrectness of i
In this chapter, the basic functions of the Battery charger - VAS
5900- are described. For further information, consult the ⇒ In‐
l purpos

struction manual of the Battery charger - VAS 5900- .

nform
ercia

Note
m

a
com

tio
♦ This device does not enable a reading of the effective charge
n in
r
te o

current.
thi
s
iva

do

♦ Consult the ⇒ Instruction manual Battery charger - VAS


r
rp

cum
fo

5900- .
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py

3.2.1 Description of the Battery charger - VAS


t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
5900-
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

The Battery charger - VAS 5900- is suitable for charging all 12 V


batteries.
Battery charger - VAS 5900-

40 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Panoramic view of the control panel:


1- Display
2- Adjustment button “Up” ↑
3- Adjustment button “Down” ↓
4- “ON/OFF” START/STOP button
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
5- “Information” INFO button yV
olksw not
gu
d b ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

3.2.2 Charging the Battery - A- with the Bat‐

y li
rm

ab
pe

tery charger - VAS 5900-

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

WARNING

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security
norms ⇒ page 3 .

rrectness of i
Special tools and workshop equipment required
l purpos

♦ Battery charger - VAS 5900-

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

♦ The Battery - A- should always be at a minimum temperature


of 10 °C.
♦ Do not open the caps of batteries with removable caps during
charging.

Execute the following tasks:


– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment.
– Connect the charger to a power source. The last mode of op‐
eration selected will appear on the display ⇒ page 41 -1-.

3. Battery A - charging 41
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Set the type of operation corresponding to the Battery - A- us‐


ing the INFO button.
On the display symbol -1- meaning “normal charging of standard
batteries” or symbol -2- meaning “normal charging of Gel/AGM
batteries” will appear.
– Set the Battery - A- capacity (Ah) with the “Up” ↑ or “Down”
↓ adjustment buttons.

– Connect the red charging terminal “+” of the charger to the


positive pole of the Battery - A- . G. Volkswage nA n AG d
wage oe
– Connect the black charging y Vterminal “-” of the charger to the
olks s no
t gu
negative pole of the Battery
ised b - A- . ara
n r tee
tho
The charger recognizes
au the nominal voltage of the Battery - A-
or
ac
ss or 24 V) and starts charging automatically.
connected (6 V, 12 V

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

Once charged to about 80 - 85%, the charger begins “final charg‐

y li
erm

ab
ing”. A fourth bar appears on the display -1-.

ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

42 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


AG. Volkswagen
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010
ksw ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol
agen AG do
es n1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Vol ot g
db
y Electrical system - General information
ua
ra - Edition 07.2019
e nte
ris
tho eo
When 100% charged, all the bars au will appear on the display -1-. ra
c
ss

ce
le
The Battery - A- is ready for use.

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe
Note

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
♦ In the “normal charging” operational mode, all electrical com‐
hole

spec
ponents in the vehicle can be activated. However, the charging
es, in part or in w

process will take longer.

t to the co
♦ According to the type of Battery - A- , the charger commutes
to trickle charge after a period of 1 - 7 hours. To achieve a

rrectness of i
100% charge, the Battery - A- should remain connected to the
charger for this entire period.
l purpos

After the Battery - A- has been charged:

nform
ercia

– Press the START/STOP button.


m

a
com

ti
– Disconnect the charger's black charging terminal “-” from the

on in
negative pole of the Battery - A- .
r
te o

thi
s
iva

– Disconnect the charger's red charging terminal “+” from the

do
r
rp

c
positive pole of the Battery - A- .

um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
– Disconnect the charger from its power source.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Troubleshooting:
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1- The Battery - A- voltage indicated does not correspond to
the nominal voltage:
– Keep the “Up” ↑ or “Down” ↓ button pressed until charging
begins.
2- The Battery - A- 's indicated voltage does not correspond to
the nominal voltage - charging has already begun:
– Press the START/STOP button twice.
– Keep the “Up” ↑ or “Down” ↓ button pressed until a new
charging starts.
3- The charger does not recognize any Battery - A- if the volt‐
age is less than 2 V:
The information on the display remains unaltered:
The Battery - A- type and the amperes/hour (Ah) setting are dis‐
played.
Finalizing Battery - A- charging:
– Press the START/STOP button.
– Disconnect the charger's black charging terminal “-” from the
negative pole of the Battery - A- .
– Disconnect the charger's red charging terminal “+” from the
positive pole of the Battery - A- .
– Disconnect the charger from its power source.

3. Battery A - charging 43
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

3.2.3 Servicing charge with the Battery charg‐


er - VAS 5900-

WARNING

Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security


norms ⇒ page 3 .

Caution

The “service charging” procedure must not be executed when


the Battery - A- is installed in the vehicle, because the current
peaks can damage the on-board electronic system.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
If, despite all, the “service charging”operation iswacarried
olks
ge out with es n
ot g
the battery still in the vehicle, the Battery
d by V - A- should be dis‐ ua
ran
connected from the on-board system. or
ise tee
th or
au ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
Caution
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
During charging, always set the type of operation correspond‐
ot p

wit
ing to the Battery - A- ⇒ Instruction manual of the Battery
, is n

h re
charger - VAS 5900- !
hole

spec
The “servicing charge” operation is only permitted for:
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ Standard batteries that have been topped up with distilled
water.

rrectness of i
♦ Gel/AGM batteries.
l purpos

Do no use the “servicing charge” operation in maintenance-


free standard batteries ⇒ page 2 .
nform
mercia

at

The “service charging (SERV)” function type is only used when


om

ion

damage to a Battery - A- is suspected (for example, sulfation). In


c

in t
or

this case the Battery - A- is charged to the maximum density of


his
ate

the electrolyte and the plates are reactivated (elimination of the


do
priv

sulphate layer).
um
for

en
ng

t.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ Battery charger - VAS 5900-
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

44 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Note

♦ The Battery - A- should always be at a minimum temperature


n AG. Volkswagen A
of 10 °C. ksw
age G do
es n
y Vol ot g
ua
b
♦ Do not open the caps of batteries
ris
ed with removable caps during ran
tee
charging. tho
or
au ac
ss

ce
le
– Turn off the ignition, all the electrical devices, and remove the
un

pt
an
key from ignition.
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Disconnect the Battery - A- .

ility
ot p

wit
– Connect the charger to a power source. The last mode of op‐
is n

h re
eration selected will appear on the display ⇒ page 41 -1-.
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Set the type of operation corresponding to the Battery - A- us‐

t to the co
ing the INFO button.
On the display symbol -1- meaning “normal charging of standard
batteries” or symbol -2- meaning “normal charging of Gel/AGM

rrectne
batteries” will appear.

s
– Set the battery capacity (Ah) with the “Up” ↑ or “Down” ↓ ad‐

s o
cial p

f
justment buttons.

inform
mer

– Connect the red charging terminal “+” of the charger to the

atio
positive pole of the Battery - A- .
om

n
c

i
or

n
– Connect the black charging terminal “-” of the charger to the

thi
e

negative pole of the Battery - A- .


t

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r

The charger recognizes the nominal voltage of the Battery - A-


fo

en
ng

connected (6 V, 12 V or 24 V) and starts charging automatically.


t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
Once charged to about 80 - 85%, the charger begins “final charg‐ pyri by
Vo
o
by c
ing”. A fourth bar appears on the display -1-. The Battery - A- is
lksw
cted agen
Prote
ready for use.
AG.

3. Battery A - charging 45
AG. Volkswagen
Fox 2004 ➤ , Foxlk2010
swa ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ d,oGol
gen AG
es n 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Vo ot g
Electrical system
db
y - General information - Edition u07.2019
ara
e nte
ris
tho eo
When 100% charged,
au all the bars will appear on the display -1-. r ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

Note
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
The success of the “service charge” depends on the level of sul‐
ot

wit
, is n

phate in the Battery - A- .

h re
hole

spec
Troubleshooting:
es, in part or in w

t to the co
1- The Battery - A- voltage indicated does not correspond to
the nominal voltage:

rrectness of i
– Keep the “Up” ↑ or “Down” ↓ button pressed until charging
begins.
l purpos

2- The Battery - A- 's indicated voltage does not correspond to


the nominal voltage - charging has already begun:

nform
ercia

– Press the START/STOP button twice.


m

a
com

tion in
– Keep the “Up” ↑ or “Down” ↓ button pressed until a new
r
te o

thi
charging starts.

s
iva

do
r
rp

c
3- The charger does not recognize any Battery - A- if the volt‐

um
fo

age is less than 2 V:


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
The information on the display remains unaltered: t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
The Battery - A- type and the amperes/hour (Ah) setting are dis‐
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
played. Prote AG.

Finalizing Battery - A- charging:


– Press the START/STOP button.
– Disconnect the charger's black charging terminal “-” from the
negative pole of the Battery - A- .
– Disconnect the charger's red charging terminal “+” from the
positive pole of the Battery - A- .
– Disconnect the charger from its power source.

3.2.4 Charging a completely drained battery


with the Battery charger - VAS 5900-

WARNING

Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security


norms ⇒ page 3 .

46 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Caution

♦ The protective device for the proper connect of the charge


terminals is not activated in the “charging of completely
drained batteries/auxiliary operation” mode. Connect the
poles of the charging terminals correctly to the Battery -
A- pole terminals.
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
♦ During charging, always
Vol
ksw set the type of operation
ag does
notcorre‐
sponding to theedBattery
by - A- ⇒ Instruction manual gofuathe
ran
Battery charger
ho
ris - VAS 5900- . tee
t or
au ac
♦ A very drained
ss Battery - A- is not recognized by the charg‐
er ⇒ page 75 .

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

♦ Do not press the START/STOP button if the connection of

y li
erm

ab
the charge terminals is incorrect! It could damage the

ility
ot p

charger.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Note

Batteries with voltages less than 2 V are not automatically rec‐

rrectness of i
ognized by the Battery charger - VAS 5900- .
l purpos

Special tools and workshop equipment required

nform
ercia

♦ Battery charger - VAS 5900-


m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

♦ The Battery - A- should always be at a minimum temperature


of 10 °C.
♦ Do not open the caps of batteries with removable caps during
charging.

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment.


– Connect the charger to a power source. The last mode of op‐
eration selected will appear on the display ⇒ page 41 -1-.

3. Battery A - charging 47
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Set the type of operation corresponding to the Battery - A- us‐


ing the INFO button.
On the display symbol -1- meaning “normal charging of standard
batteries” or symbol -2- meaning “normal charging of Gel/AGM
batteries” will appear.
– Set the Battery - A- capacity (Ah) with the “Up” ↑ or “Down”
↓ adjustment buttons.

– Connect the red charging terminal “+” of the charger to the


positive pole of the Battery - A- .
– Connect the black charging terminal “-” of the charger to the
negative pole of the Battery - A- .
– Press the START/STOP button for approx. 5 seconds. The
menu “charging of completely drained batteries/auxiliary op‐
eration” will be activated.
– Press the “Up” ↑ or “Down” ↓ bottom, in order to set the volt‐
age corresponding to the Battery - A- (6 V, 12 V or 24 V).

Note

If no button is pressed for 5 seconds, the charger will return to the


main menu (select type of operation).

– Confirm the Battery - - selected voltage with the START/


STOP button.

Next the correct connection of the charging terminal poles is re‐


quested. gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks no
– Check that the poles of thed bcharging terminals are correctly uara
yV tg
connected. orise nte
e h
ut or
– Confirm the correctss aconnection of the charging terminal poles ac
with the START/STOP .button.
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

The charger will start charging the very drained Battery - A- .


y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Once charged to about 80 - 85%, the charger begins “final charg‐


wit
is n

ing”. A fourth bar appears on the display -1-. The Battery - A- is


h re
ole,

ready for use.


spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

48 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

When 100% charged, all the bars will appear on the display -1-.
After the Battery - A- has been charged:
– Press the START/STOP button.
– Disconnect the charger's black charging terminal “-” from the
negative pole of the Battery - A- .
– Disconnect the charger's red charging terminal “+” from the
positive pole of the Battery - A- .
– Disconnect the charger from its power source.

3.2.5 Auxiliary operations with the Battery


charger - VAS 5900-

WARNING

Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security


norms ⇒ page 3 .

Caution

♦ The protective device for the proper connect of the charge


terminals is not activated in the “charging of completely
drained batteries/auxiliary operation” mode. Connect the
poles of the charging terminals to the terminals ofenthe
AG. Volkswagen AG d
poles of the Battery correctly. olkswag oes
not
V gu
by ara
♦ During charging, always set the typeoriofse operation corre‐
d
nte
sponding to the battery ⇒ Instruction
au
th manual of the Battery eo
ra
charger - VAS 5900- ! ss c ce
e
nl

♦ Do not press the START/STOP button if the connection of


pt
du

an
itte

the charge terminals is incorrect! It could damage the


y li
erm

ab

charger.
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re

General information:
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

During auxiliary operation, the Battery charger - VAS 5900- takes


t to the co

over the functions of the dysfunctional Battery - A- in the vehicle,


whilst the latter is being replaced. The on-board voltage remains
unaltered. Electrical components in the vehicle (for example,
rrectness of i

electric windows) can be used normally.


l purpos

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Battery charger - VAS 5900-
nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment.

3. Battery A - charging 49
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Connect the charger to a power source. The last mode of op‐


eration selected will appear on the display ⇒ page 41 -1-.
– Connect the red charging terminal “+” of the charger to the
positive pole of the Battery - A- .
– Connect the black charging terminal “-” of the charger to the
negative pole of the Battery - A- .
– Press the START/STOP button. 5 seconds. The menu “charg‐
ing of completely drained batteries/auxiliary operation” will be
activated.
– Press the “Up” ↑ or “Down” ↓ button, in order to set the voltage
corresponding to the Battery - A- (6V, 12V or 24V).

Note

If no button is pressed for 5 seconds, the charger will return to the


main menu (select type of operation).

– Confirm the Battery - - selected voltage with the START/


STOP button.

Next the correct connection of the charging terminal poles is re‐


quested.
– Check that the poles of the charging terminals are correctly
connected.
– Confirm the correct connection of the charging terminal poles
with the START/STOP .button.
The charger initiates auxiliary operation.
– Replace the Battery - A- .
– Press START/STOP to conclude auxiliary operation.
– Disconnect the black charging terminal “-” of the charger to the
negative pole of the vehicle. n AG. Volkswagen AG age does
ksw n
– Disconnect the red charging by terminal “+” of the charger to theguar
Vol ot
positive pole of the vehicle.
ir se
d an
te
tho eo
– Disconnect the charger
ss
au from its power source. ra
c
ce
le

3.2.6 Trickle charge operational mode with


un

pt
an
d
itte

the Battery charger - VAS 5900-


y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

WARNING
h re
hole

spec

Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security


es, in part or in w

t to the co

norms ⇒ page 3 .
rrectness of i

If the Battery - A- is fully charged, the Battery charger - VAS 5900-


will initiate trickle charging.
l purpos

– The procedure is identical to that of charging the Battery - A-


⇒ page 41 .
nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by

50
co Vo
by lksw
Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS cted agen
Prote AG.
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

When 100% charged, all the bars will appear on the display -1-.

Note

♦ If the Battery - A- is drained by an electrical component during


the stabilizer's operation, the Battery charger - VAS 5900- will
automatically compensate this with the respective recharge.
♦ Stabilizer operation has no time limit.
♦ The Battery - A- is always operational.
♦ Follow Battery - A- manufacturer's operation instructions.

3.3 Battery charger - VAS 5900A-


⇒ “3.3.1 Battery charger VAS 5900A ”, page 51
⇒ “3.3.2 Battery charger VAS 5900A operation modes”,
page 52

WARNING

Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security


norms ⇒ page 3 .

Note AG. Volkswagen AG d


agen oes
olksw not
Refer to the ⇒ Instruction manual of Battery charger
d by V
- VAS gu
ara
5900A- . rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
3.3.1 Battery charger - VAS 5900A-
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
The Battery charger - VAS 5900A- is suitable for charging all 6/
rm

ab
12/ 24 V batteries.
pe

ility
ot

Battery charger - VAS 5900A- wit


, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Battery A - charging 51
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Panoramic view of the control panel:


1- Display
2- “Adjustment selection” Menu button
3- Adjustment button “Up” ▲
4- Adjustment button “Down” ▼
5- “On/Off” STOP/START button

3.3.2 Battery charger - VAS 5900A- operation


modes

Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
♦ The Battery - A- must be at a minimum temperature of 10°C.
oes
ksw not
Vol y gu
db ara
♦ Do not open the caps of batteries with removable caps riseduring nte
charging. tho eo
s au ra
c
s

ce
le
un

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment.

pt
an
d
itte

y li
– Connect the charger to a power source.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Connect the red charging terminal “+” of the charger to the

wit
is n

positive pole of the Battery - A- .

h re
ole,

spec
– Connect the black charging terminal “-” of the charger to the
urposes, in part or in wh

negative pole of the Battery - A- .

t to the co
The charger recognizes the nominal voltage of the connected
Battery - A- (6, 12 or 24 V). rrectne

Charging operation mode:


ss o
cial p

♦ Charging or conservation charging in assembled or disassem‐


inform

bled condition;
mer

atio
m

♦ Charging with vehicle electrical consumers on.


o

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

Support operation mode:


t

sd
iva

o
pr

cum

♦ Exclusively to relieve the Battery - A- during vehicle diagnostic


r
fo

en
ng

or software updating.
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
WARNING p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
The support operation mode is not suitable for full charging of
the Battery - A- .

52 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

“Refresh” operation mode:


♦ Used to charge the Battery - A- if there is supposedly a long-
time discharge.

Power supply operation mode:


♦ In this mode, charging cables are directly connected to battery
cables or external points of the vehicle. This ensures power
supply to the on-board electronics during repair services with
Battery - A- “removed”.

Note

As in this case only the vehicle battery cables are connected to


the charger, the battery voltage recognition function is not avail‐
able.

3.4 Battery charger - VAS 5903-


⇒ “3.4.1 Description of the Battery charger VAS 5903 ”,
page 54
⇒ “3.4.2 Charging the Battery A with the Battery charger VAS
5903 ”, page 54
⇒ “3.4.3 Servicing charge with the Battery charger VAS 5903 ”,
. Volkswagen AG
page 56 wagen AG does
lks n o ot g
yV u
⇒ “3.4.4 Charging a heavily
ed
b
drained Battery A with Battery charger
ara
nte
ris
VAS 5903 ”, pageut59
ho eo
ra
sa c
⇒ “3.4.5 Auxiliary
s operations with the Battery charger VAS 5903
ce
e

”, page 62
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li

⇒ “3.4.6 Trickle charge operational mode with the Battery charger


erm

ab

VAS 5903 ”, page 63


ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re

WARNING
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security


t to the co

norms ⇒ page 3 .
rrectness of i

In this chapter, the basic functions of the Battery charger - VAS


l purpos

5903- are described. For further information, consult the ⇒ In‐


struction manual of the Battery charger - VAS 5903- .
nf
ercia

orm
m

Note
atio
om

n in
or c

Follow the ⇒ Instruction manual of Battery charger - VAS 5903- .


thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Battery A - charging 53
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 age➤
n A,GFox
. Volk2014 ➤ , dGol
swagen AG
oes 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
ksw not
Electrical system
by V - General information - Edition
o l
g07.2019
ua
ed ran
oris tee
3.4.1 Description of the Battery charger - VAS
th or
au ac
ss
5903-

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

The Battery charger - VAS 5903- is suitable for charging all 12 V

y li
erm

ab
batteries.

ility
ot p

wit
Battery charger - VAS 5903-
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

Panoramic view of the control panel


m

at
om

io
1- Display

n
c

in t
or

his
e

2- Adjustment button “Up” ↑


at

do
priv

cum
3- Adjustment button “Down” ↓
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
4- “ON/OFF” START/STOP button t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
5- “Information” INFO button p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.4.2 Charging the Battery - A- with the Bat‐


tery charger - VAS 5903-

WARNING

Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security


norms ⇒ page 3 .

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Battery charger - VAS 5903-

54 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
♦ The Battery - A- must be at a minimumVtemperature
olks
w of 10°C. oes
not
gu
y
db ara
♦ Do not open the caps of batteriesorwith
ise removable caps during nte
eo
charging. au
th ra
ss c

ce
le
un
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment.

pt
an
d
itte

y li
– Connect the charger to a power source. The last mode of op‐
erm

ab
eration selected will appear on the display ⇒ page 54 -1-.

ility
ot p

wit
is n

– Set the type of operation corresponding to the Battery - A- us‐

h re
ole,

ing the INFO button.

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

On the display symbol -1- meaning “normal charging of standard

t to the co
batteries” or symbol -2- meaning “normal charging of Gel/AGM
batteries” will appear.

rrectne
– Set the Battery - A- capacity (Ah) with the “Up” ↑ or “Down”
↓ adjustment buttons.

ss
– Connect the red charging terminal “+” of the charger to the

o
cial p

f
positive pole of the Battery - A- .

inform
mer

– Connect the black charging terminal “-” of the charger to the

atio
m

negative pole of the Battery - A- .


o

n
c

i
or

n
The charger recognizes the nominal voltage of the Battery - A-

thi
te

sd
a

connected (6 V, 12 V or 24 V) and starts charging automatically.


iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

Once charged to about 80 - 85%, the charger begins “final charg‐


t.
yi Co
op
ing”. A fourth bar appears on the display -1-. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Battery A - charging 55
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

When 100% charged, all the bars will appear on the display -1-.
The Battery - A- is ready for use.

Note

♦ In the “normal charging” operational mode, all electrical com‐


ponents in the vehicle can be activated. However, the charging
process will take longer.
♦ According to the type of Battery - A- , the charger commutes
to trickle charge after a period of 1 to 7 hours. To achieve a
100% charge, the Battery - A- should remain connected to the
charger for this entire period.

Troubleshooting:
1- The Battery - A- voltage indicated does not correspond to
the nominal voltage:
– Keep the “Up” ↑ or “Down” ↓ button pressed until charging
begins. Volkswa AG. gen AG
agen does
2- The Battery - A- 's indicated voltage does notVol correspond to
ksw not
gu
the nominal voltage - charging has alreadyd by begun: ara
ise r nte
ho eo
– Press the START/STOP button twice.
sa
ut ra
c
s

ce
– Keep the “Up” ↑ or “Down” ↓ button pressed until a new
le
un

pt
charging starts.

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
3- The charger does not recognize any Battery - A- if the volt‐
pe

ility
age is less than 2 V:
ot

wit
, is n

h re
The information on the display remains unaltered:
hole

spec
The Battery - A- type and the amperes/hour (Ah) setting are dis‐
es, in part or in w

t to the co
played.
Finalizing Battery - A- charging:
– Press the START/STOP button. rrectness of i
l purpos

– Disconnect the charger's black charging terminal “-” from the


negative pole of the Battery - A- .
nform
ercia

– Disconnect the charger's red charging terminal “+” from the


positive pole of the Battery - A- .
m

a
com

tion in

– Disconnect the charger from its power source.


r
te o

thi
s
iva

do

3.4.3 Servicing charge with the Battery charg‐


r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

er - VAS 5903-
n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
WARNING cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security
norms ⇒ page 3 .

56 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Caution

The “service charging” procedure must not be executed when


the Battery - A- is installed in the vehicle, because the current
peaks can damage the on-board electronic system.
If, despite all, the “service charging”operation is carried out with
the battery still in the vehicle, the Battery - A- should be dis‐
connected from the on-board system.

Caution

During charging, always set the type of operation correspond‐


ing to the Battery - A- ⇒ Instruction manual of the Battery
charger - VAS 5903- !
The “servicing charge” operation is only permitted for:
♦ Standard batteries that have been topped up with distilled
water.
♦ Gel/AGM batteries.
Do no use the “servicing charge” operation in maintenance-
free standard batteries.

The “service charging (SERV)” function type is only used when


damage to a Battery - A- is suspected (for example, sulfation). In
this case the Battery - A- is charged to the maximum density of
the electrolyte and the plates are reactivated (elimination ofagthe
en AG. V
olkswagen AG
does
sulphate layer). V olksw not
g y ua
db ran
Special tools and workshop equipment requiredorise tee
th or
au
♦ Battery charger - VAS 5903- ss
ac

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

Note
m

at
om

♦ The Battery - A- should always be at a minimum temperature


ion
c

of 10 °C.
in t
or

his
ate

♦ Do not open the caps of batteries with removable caps during


do
priv

charging.
um
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical components. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Connect the charger to a power source. The last mode of op‐
op Vo
by c lksw
eration selected will appear on the display ⇒ page 54 -1-. cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Battery A - charging 57
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
AG. Volkswagen AG d
swagen
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019 oes
olk no t gu
yV
db ara
– Set the type of operation corresponding to the Battery
rise - A- us‐ nte
tho eo
ing the INFO button. s au ra
c
s

ce
le
On the display symbol -1- meaning “normal charging of standard

un

pt
batteries” or symbol -2- meaning “normal charging of Gel/AGM

an
d
itte

y li
batteries” will appear.

erm

ab
ility
ot p
– Set the Battery - A- capacity (Ah) with the “Up” ↑ or “Down”

wit
is n
↓ adjustment buttons.

h re
ole,

spec
– Connect the red charging terminal “+” of the charger to the
urposes, in part or in wh
positive pole of the Battery - A- .

t to the co
– Connect the black charging terminal “-” of the charger to the
negative pole of the Battery - A- .

rrectne
The charger recognizes the nominal voltage of the Battery - A-
connected (6 V, 12 V or 24 V) and starts charging automatically.

ss o
cial p

f in
Once charged to about 80 - 85%, the charger begins “final charg‐

form
mer

ing”. A fourth bar appears on the display -1-. The Battery - A- is

atio
ready for use.
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

58 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

When 100% charged, all the bars will appear on the display -1-.

Note

The success of the “service charge” depends on the level of sul‐


phate in the Battery - A- .

Troubleshooting:
1- The Battery - A- voltage indicated does not correspond to
the nominal voltage:
– Keep the “Up” ↑ or “Down” ↓ button pressed until charging
begins.
2- The Battery - A- 's indicated voltage does not correspond to
the nominal voltage - charging has already begun:
– Press the START/STOP button twice.
– Keep the “Up” ↑ or “Down” ↓ button pressed until aagenew
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
charging starts. yV
olksw es n
ot g
b ua
ed ran
3- The charger does not recognize anyhBattery
or
is - A- if the volt‐ tee
age is less than 2 V: s aut or
ac
s
The information on the display remains unaltered:

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

The Battery - A- type and the amperes/hour (Ah) setting are dis‐

y li
rm

ab
played.
pe

ility
ot

Finalizing Battery - A- charging:

wit
, is n

h re
hole

– Press the START/STOP button.

spec
es, in part or in w

– Disconnect the charger's black charging terminal “-” from the

t to the co
negative pole of the Battery - A- .
– Disconnect the charger's red charging terminal “+” from the

rrectness of i
positive pole of the Battery - A- .
l purpos

– Disconnect the charger from its power source.


– Connect the Battery - A- .
nform
mercia

3.4.4 Charging a heavily drained Battery - A-


a
com

tion in

with Battery charger - VAS 5903-


r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum

WARNING
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security
C py
ht. rig
norms ⇒ page 3 .
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Battery A - charging 59
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Caution ised b ara
nte
or eo
h
ut ra
♦ The protective device for the proper
ss a
connect of the charge c
terminals is not activated in the “charging of completely

ce
le
un

pt
drained batteries/auxiliary operation” mode. Connect the

an
d
itte
poles of the charging terminals correctly to the Battery -

y li
rm

ab
A- pole terminals. pe

ility
ot

wit
♦ During charging, always set the type of operation corre‐
, is n

h re
sponding to the Battery - A- ⇒ operating instructions of
hole

spec
the Battery charger - VAS 5903- .
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ A very drained Battery - A- is not recognized by the charg‐
er ⇒ page 75 .
♦ Do not press the START/STOP button if the connection of

rrectness of i
the charge terminals is incorrect! It could damage the
l purpos

charger.

nform
ercia

Batteries with voltages less than 2 V are not automatically rec‐


m

ognized by the Battery charger - VAS 5903- .

a
com

tion in
Special tools and workshop equipment required
r
te o

thi
s
iva

♦ Battery charger - VAS 5903-

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

♦ The Battery - A- should always be at a minimum temperature


of 10 °C.
♦ Do not open the caps of batteries with removable caps during
charging.

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment.


– Connect the charger to a power source. The last mode of op‐
eration selected will appear on the display ⇒ page 54 -1-.

60 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Set the type of operation corresponding to the Battery - A- us‐


ing the INFO button.
On the display symbol -1- meaning “normal charging of standard
batteries” or symbol -2- meaning “normal charging of Gel/AGM
batteries” will appear.
– Set the Battery - A- capacity (Ah) with the “Up” ↑ or “Down”
↓ adjustment buttons.

– Connect the red charging terminal “+” of the charger to the


positive pole of the Battery - A- .
– Connect the black charging terminal “-” of the charger to the
negative pole of the Battery - A- .
– Press the START/STOP button for approx. 5 seconds. The
menu “charging of completely drained batteries/auxiliary op‐
eration” will be activated.
– Press the “Up” ↑ or “Down” ↓ bottom, in order to set the volt‐
age corresponding to the Battery - A- (6 V, 12 V or 24 V).

Note

If no button is pressed for 5 seconds, the charger will return to the


main menu (select type of operation).

– Confirm the Battery - - selected voltage with the START/


STOP button. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen o w es n
olks ot g
Next the correct connection of the charging terminal
db
y V poles is re‐ ua
ran
quested. o
ir se tee
h
ut or
– Check that the poles of the charging sterminals
sa are correctly ac
connected.

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

– Confirm the correct connection of the charging terminal poles


itte

y li
erm

with the START/STOP .button.

ab
ility
ot p

The charger will start charging the very drained Battery - A- .


wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
Once charged to about 80 - 85%, the charger begins “final charg‐
urposes, in part or in wh

ing”. A fourth bar appears on the display -1-. The Battery - A- is t to the co
ready for use.
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Battery A - charging 61
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

When 100% charged, all the bars will appear on the display -1-.
After the Battery - A- has been charged:
– Press the START/STOP button.
– Disconnect the charger's black charging terminal “-” from the
negative pole of the Battery - A- .
– Disconnect the charger's red charging terminal “+” from the
positive pole of the Battery - A- .
– Disconnect the charger from its power source.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
3.4.5 Auxiliary operations with the Battery Volks
wage es n
ot g
charger - VAS 5903- ris
ed
by ua
ran
tee
tho or
s au ac
s
WARNING

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security

y li
erm

ab
norms ⇒ page 3 .

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Supporting function supplies power to the on-board systems

spec
when the Battery - A- is disconnected or removed from the vehi‐
es, in part or in w

t to the co
cle.
Additional information can be obtained in the ⇒ Instruction man‐
ual of the Battery charger - VAS 5903- .

rrectness of i
Support function is suitable for the following situations:
l purpos

♦ Supporting the functioning of on-board systems without an in‐


stalled Battery - A-

nform
ercia

♦ Maintenance of voltage in the event of the Battery - A- re‐


m

at
om

placement

ion
c

in t
or

♦ Testing of aggregates without Battery - A-

his
ate

do
riv

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment.


p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Caution Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
♦ The protective device for the proper connect of the charge
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
terminals is not activated in the “charging of completely Prote AG.
drained batteries/auxiliary operation” mode. Connect the
poles of the charging terminals correctly to the Battery -
A- pole terminals.
♦ During charging, always set the type of operation corre‐
sponding to the battery ⇒ Instruction manual of the Battery
charger - VAS 5903- !
♦ Do not press the START/STOP button if the connection of
the charge terminals is incorrect! It could damage the
charger.

– Remove the Battery - A- .


– Connect the charger to a power source. The last mode of op‐
eration selected will appear on the display ⇒ page 54 -1-.
– Connect the red charging terminal “+” of the charger to the
positive pole of the Battery - A- .

62 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Connect the black charging terminal “-” of the charger to the


negative pole of the Battery - A- .
– Press the START/STOP button. 5 seconds. The menu “charg‐
ing of completely drained batteries/auxiliary operation” will be
activated.
– Press the “Up” ↑ or “Down” ↓ button, in order to set the voltage
corresponding to the Battery - A- (6V, 12V or 24V).

Note

If no button is pressed for 5 seconds, the charger will return to the


main menu (select type of operation).

– Confirm the Battery - - selected voltage with the START/


STOP button.

Next the correct connection of the charging


agenterminal polesAG
AG. Volkswagen isdre‐
oes
quested. olksw not
yV gu b ara
ed
– Check that the poles of the
tho
rischarging terminals are correctly nte
e or
connected. sa
u ac
s

ce
– Confirm the correct connection of the charging terminal poles
le
un

pt
with the START/STOP .button.

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
The charger initiates auxiliary operation.

ility
ot p

wit
– Replace the Battery - A- .
is n

h re
ole,

– Press START/STOP to conclude auxiliary operation.

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
– Disconnect the black charging terminal “-” of the charger to the
negative pole of the vehicle.
– Disconnect the red charging terminal “+” of the charger to the
positive pole of the vehicle. rrectne

– Disconnect the charger from its power source.


ss o
cial p

3.4.6 Trickle charge operational mode with


inform
mer

the Battery charger - VAS 5903-


atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi

WARNING
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r

Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security


fo

en
ng

norms ⇒ page 3 .
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Note

♦ If the Battery - A- is drained by an electrical consumer during


the stabilizer's operation, the Battery charger - VAS 5903- will
automatically compensate this with the respective recharge.
♦ The "trickle charge" operational mode does not have a time
limit.
♦ The Battery - A- is always operational.
♦ Pay attention to notices from the Battery - A- manufacturer
regarding maintenance work.

If the Battery - A- is fully charged, the Battery charger - VAS 5903-


will initiate trickle charging.

3. Battery A - charging 63
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– The procedure is identical to that of charging the Battery - A-


⇒ page 54 .
When 100% charged, all the bars will appear on the display -1-.

3.5 Battery charger - VAS 5906-


olkswagen AG
en AG. V
⇒ “3.5.1 Description of the Battery charger VAS
olks 5906 ”,
wag does
not
page 64 ed
byV gu
ara
ris nte
o
⇒ “3.5.2 Operation mode of the Battery
auth charger VAS 5906 ”, page eo
ra
65 ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

WARNING

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security

wit
, is n

norms ⇒ page 3 .

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Note

rrectness of i
Follow the ⇒ Instruction manual of Battery charger - VAS 5906- .
l purpos

♦ Description of the Battery charger - VAS 5906- ⇒ page 64 .


nform
ercia

♦ Operation mode of the Battery charger - VAS 5906-


⇒ page 65 .
m

at
om

ion

3.5.1 Description of the Battery charger - VAS


c

in t
or

his
e

5906-
at

do
priv

cum
or

The Battery charger - VAS 5906- was especially designed to sup‐


f

en
ng

t.
port the vehicle on board network voltage regarding exposure.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
The charger has a characteristic automatic charging curve for 3 -
gh ht
pyri by
300 Ah batteries.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
The maximum charging voltage is 14.4 V; this voltage is not ex‐
ceeded while charging. All electrical consumers are supported for
charging with currents up to 30 A.
After completely charging the Battery - A- the Battery charger -
VAS 5906- automatically activates the maintenance (trickle)
charging mode.

64 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

For additional information, refer to the ⇒ Instruction manual of the


Battery charger - VAS 5906- . .

Panoramic view of the control panel:


1- 25% charge status indicator
2- 50% charge status indicator
3- 75% charge status indicator
4- 100% charge status indicator
5- Readiness indicator
6- Damage indicator
7- Start/Stop button and Setup button to interrupt and re‐
sume the charging process.

3.5.2 Operation mode of the Battery charger -


VAS 5906-

WARNING
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw n t
Risk of injuries! Pay attention
d byV
o
to the warning notes andosecurity
gu
ara
norms ⇒ page 3 .oris e nte
eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

Note
y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

♦ The Battery - A- must be at a minimum temperature of 10°C.


wit
, is n

h re

♦ Do not open the caps of batteries with removable caps during


hole

spec

charging.
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment.


– Connect the Battery charger - VAS 5906- to a power source.
rrectness of i

– Connect the red charging terminal “+” of the charger to the


l purpos

positive pole of the Battery - A- .


– Connect the black charging terminal “-” of the charger to the
nform
ercia

negative pole of the Battery - A- .


m

at
om

Charging begins in approximately 2 seconds.


ion
c

in t
or

The LEDs indicate the charging status of the Battery - A- . When


his
ate

all LEDs are lit, the Battery - - is charged.


do
priv

cum
or

When the Battery - A- is completely charged, the Battery charger


f

en
ng

t.
- VAS 5906- automatically switches to maintenance (trickle)
yi Co
op
charging mode.
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Battery A - charging 65
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 d by➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
V gu
ara
e nte
Electrical system - General information - Edition horis
07.2019 eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un
Caution

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
Sparkles may be generated if the Battery charger cable termi‐

ility
ot p
nals are removed without pressing the Start/Stop button.

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh
Finalizing Battery - A- charging:

t to the co
– Press the START/STOP button.
– Remove the Battery charger cable terminals from the battery.

rrectne
– Disconnect the Battery charger - VAS 5906- from the power
source.

ss o
cial p

f
3.6 Battery charger - VAS 5908-

inform
mer

⇒ “3.6.1 Battery charger VAS 5908 - general description”,

atio
m

page 66
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

⇒ “3.6.2 Automatic mode with the battery charger VAS 5908 ”,


t

sd
va

page 67
i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

⇒ “3.6.3 Charging batteries with the battery charger VAS 5908 ”,

en
ng

t.
yi Co
page 69 t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
⇒ “3.6.4 Support function with the Battery charger VAS 5908 ”, yri
p by
o Vo
page 71
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “3.6.5 VAS I-CHECK current consumption test with the battery
charger VAS 5908 ”, page 73

3.6.1 Battery charger - VAS 5908- - general


description

Note

♦ In case of software updates or instant updates, a charger with


a minimum charging current of 70 A must be used to avoid
issues during these procedures.
♦ “VAS 5903” ⇒ “3.4 Battery charger VAS 5903 ”, page 53
♦ “VAS 5908” ⇒ “3.6 Battery charger VAS 5908 ”, page 66

The battery charger - VAS 5908- features the following modes:


♦ AUTO-MODUS , conservation charging with automatic charge
detection (battery or electrical equipment) ⇒ page 67
♦ LADE-MODUS , battery charging with configurable parameters
⇒ page 69
♦ FSV-MODUS , external electrical supply (support mode)
⇒ page 71
♦ I-CHECK , current consumption test with short cell testing
⇒ page 73
Technical data
♦ Input voltage: 100-240 V CA
♦ Output voltage: 14.4 VCC (13.2 VCC with conservation charg‐
ing)
♦ Charging current: 90 A (max. 105 A)
♦ Weight: 8.2 kg

66 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Replacement parts
♦ 5-m charging cable - VAS 5908/1-
♦ Charging dock - VAS 5908/2-
Additional information: ⇒ Instruction manual of the battery charg‐
er - VAS 5908- .
Device overview - Battery charger - VAS 5908-
1 - “ON/OFF” electrical grid switch
2 - Grid cable connection
3 - ▲ UP menu selection button
4 - ENTER menu selection or Start button
5 - ▲ DOWN menu selection button
6 - + battery charging terminal connection (red clamp)
7 - - battery charging terminal connection (black clamp)
8 - RS232 9-pole communication interface
9 - 25-pole signal interface
10 - Menu selection display
11 - LED indicator to indicate device and operating conditions
LED indicator -11-
The LED indicator on the front of the unit indicates device and
operating conditions. A table detailing the meaning of LEDs flash‐
ing or lit in green, yellow or red in different operating conditions is
provided in the ⇒ Instruction manual of the Battery charger - VAS
5908- , 8) Remote indicator and LED indicators .
Device menu
The device menu allows presetting multiple basic settings and
parameters to protect measurement values and connection/dis‐ G. Volkswagen
connection behaviour of the battery charger - VAS 5908-lks.wagen A AG do
es n
o ot g
yV ua
– Turn on the battery charger - VAS 5908- . edb ran
ris tee
ho
– Use the ▲▼ buttons to select »MENÜ« and aut press ENTER to
or
ac
ss
confirm.
ce
le
un

pt

– Use the ▲▼ buttons to select the »GERÄTE MENÜ« submenu


an
d
itte

y li

(Device menu) and press ENTER to confirm.


erm

ab
ility
ot p

Additional information on the device menu: ⇒ Instruction manual


wit
is n

of the Battery charger - VAS 5908- .


h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

3.6.2 Automatic mode with the battery charg‐


t to the co

er - VAS 5908-
rrectne

Note
ss o

♦ In case of software updates or instant updates, a charger with


cial p

f in

a minimum charging current of 70 A must be used to avoid


form
mer

issues during these procedures.


atio
om

♦ “VAS 5903” ⇒ “3.4 Battery charger VAS 5903 ”, page 53


n
c

i
or

n thi
e

♦ “VAS 5908” ⇒ “3.6 Battery charger VAS 5908 ”, page 66


t

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

»AUTO-MODUS« maintains electrical voltage (conservation


en
ng

t.
yi Co
charge), for example during diagnostic or transfer services. In . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig by
py

67
co Vo
by lksw
cted
3. Battery A - charging
agen
Prote AG.
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

»AUTO-MODUS« mode, the battery charger - VAS 5908- uses


its charging detector to automatically detect whether a battery or
electrical component is connected with ohmic charge.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Battery charger - VAS 5908-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
Start charging

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
Note

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
If the charging terminals are connected to an electrical component
hole

or battery, before switching the charger on, the battery charger -

spec
VAS 5908- automatically starts with a conservation charge in
es, in part or in w

t to the co
»AUTO-MODUS« shortly after being turned on.

– Turn on the battery charger - VAS 5908- .


rrectness of i

– Use the ▲▼ buttons to select the AUTO-MODUS (Automatic


l purpos

mode) and press ENTER to confirm.


– Connect the “+” red charging terminal to the positive terminal
nform
ercia

of the vehicle battery.


m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

Note
his
ate

do
priv

♦ In vehicles equipped with Start-Stop system and battery con‐


um
for

en

trol unit - J367- , the black charging terminal “-” must be


ng

t.
yi Co
connected to the body grounding point. ht. Cop py
rig
rig ht
♦ If it is connected to the negative battery terminal, the battery py by
co Vo
control unit - J367- is cancelled. The cause may be faults in
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
the Start-Stop system.
AG.

– In vehicles equipped with Start-Stop system, connect the “-”


charging terminal to the body grounding point
– In vehicles not equipped with Start-Stop system, connect the
“-” black charging terminal to the negative battery terminal.
OR
– Connect the charging terminals to the correct terminals of
electrical components with ohmic charge.
– Use the ▲▼ buttons to select START in the menu and press
ENTER to confirm and start charging.

68 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Note

The battery charger - VAS 5908- automatically sets limit values


to the current and voltage in Automatic mode.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Stop charging olksw
oes
not
byV gu
ara
d
– Use the ▲▼ buttons to selectoriSTOP
se
in the menu and press nte
eo
h
ENTER to confirm and stop autcharging. ra
c
ss

ce
– Turn off the battery charger - VAS 5908- .
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

– Disconnect the “-” black charging terminal from the negative

y li
rm

ab
terminal in the vehicle battery or electrical component.
pe

ility
ot

wit
– Disconnect the “+” red charging terminal from the positive ter‐
, is n

h re
minal in the vehicle battery or electrical component.
hole

spec
– Remove the battery charger's connector.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
3.6.3 Charging batteries with the battery
charger - VAS 5908-

rrectness of i
l purpos

Note

nform
ercia

♦ In case of software updates or instant updates, a charger with


a minimum charging current of 70 A must be used to avoid
m

a
com

ti
issues during these procedures.

on in
r
te o

thi
♦ “VAS 5903” ⇒ “3.4 Battery charger VAS 5903 ”, page 53

s
iva

do
r
rp

♦ “VAS 5908” ⇒ “3.6 Battery charger VAS 5908 ”, page 66


cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
WARNING rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Risk of injuries! Follow the safety warnings and the safety Prote AG.
standards ⇒ page 3 !

WARNING

A - Batteries- showing a »bright yellow colour or no colour« in


the battery window must not be tested or charged. Do not jump
start the vehicle!
Risk of explosion during testing, charging or jump starting.
These batteries must be replaced.

Note

♦ Follow the warnings provided in the chapter titled »Fully dis‐


charged batteries« ⇒ page 75 .
♦ Fully discharged batteries in unlicensed vehicles must be re‐
placed before provisioning. Prior damages cannot be re‐
moved.
♦ The minimum battery temperature is 10°C.
♦ The minimum “Uesp” voltage of the battery to be charged must
be at least 5 V.

3. Battery A - charging 69
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
Special tools and workshop equipment required byV
olk ot g
ua
d ran
ir se
♦ Battery charger - VAS 5908- tho tee
or
au ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Battery - charging
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical devices and remove the

nform
ercia

ignition key.
m

– Turn on the battery charger - VAS 5908- .

at
om

ion
c

– Connect the “+” red charging terminal to the positive terminal

in t
or

his
e

of the vehicle battery.


at

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

Note
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
♦ In vehicles equipped with Start-Stop system and battery con‐ pyri by
Vo
co
trol unit - J367- , the black charging terminal “-” must be
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
connected to the body grounding point.
AG.

♦ If it is connected to the negative battery terminal, the battery


control unit - J367- is cancelled. The cause may be faults in
the Start-Stop system.

– In vehicles equipped with Start-Stop system, connect the “-”


charging terminal to the body grounding point
– In vehicles not equipped with Start-Stop system, connect the
“-” black charging terminal to the negative battery terminal.
– Use the ▲▼ buttons to select the LADE-MODUS (Charging
mode) and press ENTER to confirm.

Note

♦ The battery charger - VAS 5908- automatically sets limit val‐


ues to the current and voltage in Charging mode.
♦ Pre-configure current and voltage tolerances in the charging
menu ⇒ page 71 .

Stop battery charging


– Turn off the battery charger - VAS 5908- .
– Disconnect the “-” black charging terminal from the negative
terminal in the vehicle battery.
– Disconnect the “+” red charging terminal from the positive ter‐
minal in the vehicle battery.
– Remove the battery charger's connector.

70 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Note

For optimal performance and durability, the battery charger - VAS


5908- automatically switches to conservation charging after the
battery is fully charged.

Charging menu
The battery charger automatically sets limit values to the current
and voltage in Charging mode. The charging mode parameters
can also be manually adjusted.
n AG. Volkswagen A ge G do
swa es
– Use the ▲▼by Vbuttons
olk to select »MENÜ« and
not
press
gu
ara
ENTER to
confirm.
orised
nte
h eo
ut
– Use
ss the ▲▼ buttons to select the »LADE MENÜ« submenu
a ra
c
(Charging menu) and press ENTER to confirm.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
Additional information on the charging menu: ⇒ Instruction man‐
itte

y li
erm

ual of the Battery charger - VAS 5908- .

ab
ility
ot p

3.6.4 Support function with the Battery charg‐

wit
, is n

h re
er - VAS 5908-
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
♦ In case of software updates or instant updates, a charger with
a minimum charging current of 70 A must be used to avoid
l purpos

issues during these procedures.


♦ “VAS 5903” ⇒ “3.4 Battery charger VAS 5903 ”, page 53
nform
ercia

♦ “VAS 5908” ⇒ “3.6 Battery charger VAS 5908 ”, page 66


m

at
om

ion
c

in t
r

The support mode (»FSV-MODUS« - External current supply)


o

his
te

provides voltage to the electrical grid when the battery is discon‐


a

do
riv

nected or removed.
p

cum
for

en
ng

Support function is suitable for the following applications:


t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
♦ Supporting operations of electrical vehicle grids without an in‐
ht ht
rig by
py
stalled battery co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
♦ Maintenance of voltage when replacing batteries
AG.

♦ Assembly testing without a battery

Caution

»FSV-MODUS« only requires supplying an ohmic charge


(electrical component).
»FSV-MODUS« cannot be used while the battery is connec‐
ted.
Before using »FSV-MODUS«, disconnect or remove the bat‐
tery.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

3. Battery A - charging 71
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

♦ Battery charger - VAS 5908-

Run support mode


– Turn off the ignition and all electrical devices and remove the
ignition key. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
– Remove the battery ⇒ Electric system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Battery d b ua
ran
ir se
- remove and install tho tee
or
au ac
– Turn on the battery charger - VAS 5908- . ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

Caution

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Always check if the red charging terminal is not connected to

wit
, is n

the body grounding point for safety reasons.

h re
hole

spec
Always check if the battery terminals are not connected for
es, in part or in w

safety reasons.

t to the co
– Connect the “+” red charging terminal to the positive terminal

rrectness of i
of the vehicle battery.
l purpos

Note

nf
ercia

orm
m

♦ In vehicles equipped with Start-Stop system and battery con‐

atio
m

trol unit - J367- , the black charging terminal “-” must be


o

n in
or c

connected to the body grounding point.

thi
te

sd
iva

♦ If it is connected to the negative battery terminal, the battery


o
r
rp

cu

control unit - J367- is cancelled. The cause may be faults in


o

m
f

en
ng

the Start-Stop system.


t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– In vehicles equipped with Start-Stop system, connect the “-” p by
co Vo
charging terminal to the body grounding point
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– In vehicles not equipped with Start-Stop system, connect the
“-” black charging terminal to the negative battery terminal.

Note

♦ The battery charger - VAS 5908- automatically sets limit val‐


ues to the current and voltage in support mode.
♦ Pre-configure current and voltage tolerances in the FSV Menu
⇒ page 73 .

– Select FSV-MODUS (FSV Mode) using the ▲▼ buttons and


press ENTER to confirm.
Stop the support function
– Turn off the battery charger - VAS 5908- .

72 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
– Disconnect the “-” black charging terminal from ksthe
wag negative does
not
Vol
terminal in the vehicle battery. ed
by gu
ara
ris nte
– Disconnect the “-” red charging terminal
au
tho from the positive ter‐ eo
ra
minal in the vehicle battery. ss c

ce
e
nl
– Remove the battery charger's connector.

pt
du

an
itte

y li
FSV Menu

erm

ab
ility
ot p
The battery charger automatically sets limit values to the current

wit
, is n
and voltage in support mode. The support mode parameters can

h re
hole
also be manually adjusted.

spec
es, in part or in w

– Use the ▲▼ buttons to select »MENÜ« and press ENTER to

t to the co
confirm.
– Use the ▲▼ buttons to select the »FSV MENÜ« submenu (FSV

rrectness of i
menu) and press ENTER to confirm.
l purpos

Additional information on the FSV menu: ⇒ Instruction manual of


the Battery charger - VAS 5908- .

nform
ercia

3.6.5 VAS I-CHECK current consumption test


m

at
with the battery charger - VAS 5908-
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
riv

Note
p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi
♦ In case of software updates or instant updates, a charger with
Co
op py
a minimum charging current of 70 A must be used to avoid
t. C rig
gh ht
issues during these procedures. pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
♦ “VAS 5903” ⇒ “3.4 Battery charger VAS 5903 ”, page 53 Prote AG.

♦ “VAS 5908” ⇒ “3.6 Battery charger VAS 5908 ”, page 66

The current consumption tests provides a quick diagnostic of the


discharged battery's conditions. The results of the current con‐
sumption test allow determining whether the battery must be
replaced or fully charged.

Note

To perform the battery's current consumption test, it is necessary


to check whether the battery will be tested without any electrical
component connected in parallel.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Battery charger - VAS 5908-

3. Battery A - charging 73
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Perform current consumption test


– Disconnect both battery terminals to avoid interference in test
results due to the vehicle's electrical components ⇒ Electrical
system; Rep. gr. 27 ; Battery - connect and disconnect .
– Turn on the battery charger - VAS 5908- and connect the bat‐
tery to the correct charging terminals.
– Use the ▲▼ buttons to select »AUTOMODUS« and press EN-
TER to confirm (indicator flashes).

– Use the ▲▼ buttons to select the I-CHECK mode and press


ENTER to confirm.

– Enable »Qbat:« battery capacity input by pressing ENTER


(flashing).
– Use the ▲▼ buttons to set the capacity (Ah) of the battery to
be tested and press ENTER to confirm.
– Use the ▲▼ buttons to select »TEST START« in the menu and
press ENTER to confirm and start the current consumption test.
Check for possible connection error messages ⇒ page 75 .
. Volkswage n AG n AG d
wage oe
The »TEST« indicator flashes on yV
othe
lks display during the current
s no
tg
consumption test. Buttons will ise
d be blocked and the test can only uaran
b
be interrupted by removing ut
ho the charging terminals. Check for
r tee
or
possible interruption error
ss
a messages ⇒ page 75 . ac
ce
le

End of test with current I consumption under 100% (defective


un

pt
an
d

battery)
itte

y li
erm

ab
If current consumption »I« at the end of the test is <100%, current
ility
ot p

supply to the battery is interrupted and the message »GEWÄHR‐


wit
is n

LEISTUNGSANTRAG AUSFÜLLEN« (Fill out warranty request)


h re
ole,

appears on the display.


spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Use the ▲▼ »OK« buttons and press ENTER to show test re‐
t to the co

sults.
In the test results window, the current consumption percentage is
rrectne

shown in »I«. The data can be transferred to the battery test sheet.
– Use the ▲▼ »TEST ENDE« (End test) buttons and press EN-
ss

TER to end the current consumption test.


o
cial p

f inform

Test ended with result I higher than 100% (batter in good condi‐
mer

tions, but with insufficient charge)


atio
om

n
c

At the end of the test, if the current consumption »I« is >100 %,


i
or

n thi

current supply to charge the battery will be maintained.


te

sd
iva

o
r

– Use the ▲▼ »ERGEBNIS« (Results) buttons and press EN-


p

cum
r
fo

TER to show test results.


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
In the test results window, the current consumption percentage is t. C rig
gh ht
shown in »I«. pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
– Use the ▲▼ buttons to select »OK« or »TEST ENDE« and Prote AG.
press ENTER to switch to “I-Check charging mode” and con‐
tinue charging the battery.
In I-Check charging mode, »LADEN« (Charge) flashes on the
display until the battery if fully charged. After the charging process
ends, the device automatically switches to conservation charge.
The lettering »ERHALTUNG« (Conservation) flashes on the dis‐
play when this happens.

74 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Note

♦ While charging the battery in “I-Check charging mode”, an ac‐


tive short cell test is automatically performed.
♦ With the short cell test activated, battery charging is interrup‐
ted twice for approximately 30 seconds to measure the volt‐
age.
♦ If the short cell test is positive, the charging process is inter‐
rupted and »ZELLENSCHLUSS« (Short cell) is shown on the
display.

Connection error messages


♦ »ANWENDUNGSFEHLER - KONTAKT« = (Use error - con‐
tact) No battery detected or connected.
♦ »ANWENDUNGSFEHLER - VERPOLUNG« = (Use error -
terminals) Incorrect battery terminals connected.
♦ »ANWENDUNGSFEHLER - TIEFENTLADEN« = (Use error -
Battery fully discharged) The voltage position of the connected
battery is below the connection voltage limit (Uesp) set in the
Charging menu.
Interruption error messages
♦ »ANWENDUNGSABBRUCH - KONTAKT«g= en(Use
AG. Vointerrup‐
lkswagen AG
does
tion - Contact) Battery disconnected Vduring
olks
wa test. not
y gu
db ara
♦ »ANWENDUNGSABBRUCH -oKURZSCHLUSS« ris
e = (Use in‐ nte
eo
terruption - Short circuit) Short
au circuit in battery terminals.
th
ra
ss c
3.7 Completely flat batteries ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
WARNING
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security


h re
hole

norms ⇒ page 3 .
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

The Battery - A- is considered “completely flat” when it has a qui‐


escent voltage of less than 12.2 V.
rrectness of i
l purpos

Caution

♦ Completely flat batteries suffer from premature sulphate


nform
ercia

build-up.
m

a
com

♦ Batteries with sulphate build-ups cannot be reused.


ion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Battery A - charging 75
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Note

♦ Batteries that have not been operating for some time, for ex‐
ample those in stored vehicles, drain themselves.
♦ In flat batteries, the electrolyte (a water and sulphuric acid mix)
is almost entirely made up of water, as the amount of the acid
is very low.
♦ Completely flat batteries suffer from sulphate build-up, in other
words, the total surface area of the plates in the battery hard‐
ens.
♦ Completely flat batteries that are immediately recharged after
being discharged do not suffer from sulphate build up.
♦ If these batteries are nor recharged, the boards continue hard‐
ening and the charge recovery capacity diminishes. Accord‐
ingly, the power of the Battery - A- is also reduced.

– Check the resting voltage of the battery - A- ⇒ page 33 .


– Charge the Battery - A- :
Charging the Battery - A- with the Battery charger - VAS 5095A-
⇒ page 36 .
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
Charging the Battery - A- with the Battery charger - VAS 5900- y Vo lks ot g
ua
⇒ page 41 . ir se
d b ran
o tee
th
Charging the Battery - A- with the Battery charger - VASs a5900A-
u or
ac
⇒ page 41 . s

ce
le
un

pt
Charging the Battery - A- with the Battery charger - VAS 5903-

an
d
itte

y li
⇒ page 54 .
rm

ab
pe

ility
Charging the Battery - A- with the Battery charger - VAS 5906-
ot

wit
, is n

⇒ page 65 .

h re
hole

spec
3.8 Battery (Delphi) - charging procedure
es, in part or in w

t to the co
⇒ “3.8.1 Completely flat batteries”, page 77
⇒ “3.8.2 Charging a single Battery A or rapid charging ”,

rrectness of i
page 77
l purpos

⇒ “3.8.3 Charging several batteries or parallel charging ”,


page 77
nform
ercia

⇒ “3.8.4 Charging several batteries - charging in series or slow


charging ”, page 78
m

a
com

tio

⇒ “3.8.5 Equalization of batteries”, page 79


n in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do

WARNING
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
Risk of injuries! Pay attention to the warning notes and security
yi Co
op
norms ⇒ page 3 .
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

Quick charging is recommended for Delphi batteries. This proce‐


dure does not damage the product and makes it the process much
faster.

76 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

WARNING

The Battery - A- charging time depends on the capacity of the


charger, and the capacity and state of the charge of the Battery
- A- .
Monitor the charging procedure attentively.
Keep poles, cables and connections clean and in good condi‐
tion. Ensure adequate electrical contact in connections.
Charge the Battery - A- at room temperature, in a well-ventila‐
ted area.

3.8.1 Completely flat batteries


Batteries whose voltage is below 11 V take some time to show
that they are accepting a charge.
The low initial voltage may not activate the chargers with protec‐
tion against reversed load, even though the connections may be
correct. Consult the instructions of the charger manufacturer on
how to activate the loop in this situation.
After charging, test the Battery - A- ⇒ page 7 .

3.8.2 Charging AGa


. Vosingle
lkswagen ABattery - A- or “rapid
agen G do
charging”
by
Vol
ksw es not g
u
d ara
se nte
– Connect
tho
ri the Battery - A- to the charger. e or
au ac
– Turn
ss on the charger ⇒ page 35 .
ce
le
un

pt

– Set the charger to a voltage of 16 V, if possible.


an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab

– Set the charger to maximum current.


ility
ot p

wit
is n

WARNING
h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Monitor the charging procedure attentively.


t to the co

• Leaking, emanation of gas from vents or over-heating


(above 52º C) should not occur. If such things do occur,
rrectne

reduce the charging rate (current).


• Monitor the inspection window on the battery. If a green
s

colour appears and remains, the charge is sufficient for


s o
cial p

the Battery - A- to be tested.


f inform
mer

atio
m

– Turn off the charger .


o

n
c

i
or

n thi

– Test the Battery - A- ⇒ page 7 .


te

sd
iva

o
pr

3.8.3 Charging several batteries or “parallel


um
r
fo

en
ng

charging”
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Note Prote
cted AG.
agen

Equalize the batteries, if necessary ⇒ page 79

– Connect the batteries in parallel. The charger must have at


least 10A available per Battery - A- .
– Turn on the charger ⇒ page 35 .
– Set the charger to a voltage of 16 V, if possible.

3. Battery A - charging 77
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Set the charger to maximum current.

WARNING

Monitor the charging procedure attentively. agen


AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V
• Leaking, emanation of gas from vents or over-heating ed b y gu
ara
(above 52º C) should not occur. If such things do occur,thoris nte
eo
reduce the charging rate (current). s au ra
c
s
• Monitor the inspection window on the battery. If a green

ce
e
nl

pt
du
colour appears and remains, the charge is sufficient for

an
itte

y li
the Battery to be tested.

erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
– Turn off the charger . hole

spec
– Test the batteries ⇒ page 7 .
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Continue charging still discharged batteries whose inspection
windows feature a dark colour.

rrectness of i
– Only interrupt charging after the time specified for charging
this group of batteries has elapsed.
l purpos

3.8.4 Charging several batteries - charging in

nform
ercia

series or “slow charging”


m

at
om

ion
c

in t
Note
or

his
ate

do
riv

♦ For charging in series, it is important to place the batteries with


p

cum
or

the same capacity and state of charge (through equalization)


f

en
ng

t.
yi
on the same loop, because the current will be the same for all
Co
op py
of them. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
♦ Equalize the batteries, if necessary ⇒ page 79
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Connect the batteries in series.


– Turn on the charger ⇒ page 35 .
– Set the charger to maximum current.

WARNING

Monitor the charging procedure attentively.


• Leaking, emanation of gas from vents or over-heating
(above 52º C) should not occur. If such things do occur,
reduce the charging rate (current).
• Monitor the inspection window on the battery. If a green
colour appears and remains, the charge is sufficient for
the Battery to be tested.

– Turn off the charger .


– Remove the batteries and test them ⇒ page 7 .
– Continue charging still discharged batteries whose inspection
windows feature a dark colour.

78 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

DANGER!

♦ With recharging in series, voltages are combined, thus


there is a risk of electric shock.
♦ Cables and connectors should be handled with care.

3.8.5 Equalization of batteries


Equalization of batteries should be carried out with batteries that
have 0.10V or more of difference between them. They should be
connected in parallel for at least 12 hours before charging, not‐
withstanding the number of units. Equalization is more efficient
when the batteries have similar capacities.

Note

Batteries with less than 11V do not require equalization, because


these are considered to have 0% charge.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Battery A - charging 79
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

4 Speed regulator (GRA)


n AG. Volkswagen AG
ge does
swa
⇒ “4.1 Speed regulator (GRA) y V - activating/deactivating”,
olk not
gu
page 80 edb ara
ris nte
tho eo
General description:
ss
au ra
c

ce
le

The function of the speed regulator are commanded by the En‐


un

pt
an
gine control unit - J623- .
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
The only command is the Cruise control switch (speed regulator)
pe

ility
- E45- located on the levers of the direction indicators (set of
ot

wit
, is n

commuters).

h re
hole

spec
– To remove the Cruise control switch (speed regulator) - E45- ,
es, in part or in w

the set of commuters should be removed ⇒ Electrical equip‐

t to the co
ment; Rep. gr. 94 ; Switches, lights and external bulbs .
The speed regulator can be activated/deactivated ⇒ page 80 .

rrectness of i
Troubleshooting:
l purpos

The speed regulator is equipped with self-diagnosis, which facil‐


itates troubleshooting.

nform
ercia

For troubleshooting, use the Vehicle diagnostic, testing and in‐


m

formation system - VAS 5052A- or later equipment, in the oper‐

a
com

tio
ation mode “Guided fault finding”.

n in
r
te o

thi
– Connect the Vehicle diagnosis system and technical informa‐
s
iva

tion - VAS 5052A- or further equipment ⇒ page 94 . do


r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

4.1 Speed regulator (GRA) - activating/de‐


n

t.
yi Co
op py
activating
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
To activate or deactivate the speed adjuster (GRA), you must use
lksw
cted agen
Prote
the Vehicle diagnosis system and technical information - VAS
AG.

5052A- or further equipment.


– Connect the Vehicle diagnosis system and technical informa‐
tion - VAS 5052A- or further equipment to the 16-pin diagnosis
connector - T16- ⇒ page 94 .

80 Rep. gr.27 - Starter, current supply, CCS


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

92 – Windscreen wash/wipe system


1 Washer hoses - connecting and dis‐
connecting
Without locks:
– To loosen the connection, separate the two parts of the cou‐
pling.
– To unite the connection, compress the two coupling parts
against each other, until they slot in with a click.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
With a locking ring: olksw
oes
not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

– To loosen the connection from the locking ring, turn the ring

h re
hole

-1- 90° -arrow- and remove the connection from the hose.

spec
es, in part or in w

– To join the connection, slot it in and turn the ring -1- -arrow-,

t to the co
until it locks.
With a safety clamp:
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi

– To loosen the connection, raise the safety clamp -1-, approx.


te

sd
iva

1mm -arrow- and remove the hose connection.


o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

– To unite the connection, slot in the hose and push the safety
en
ng

t.
yi
clamp in -1-, until it locks.
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
With lock:
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– To loosen the connection, pull the lock -1- according to


-arrow- and remove the connection from the hose.
– To unite the connection, slot in the hose and push the lock in
-1-, until it locks.

1. Washer hoses - connecting and disconnecting 81


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

2 Washer hoses - repair


⇒ “2.1 Repairing smooth hoses”, page 82
⇒ “2.2 Repairing wrinkled hoses”, page 82
A new concept in repairs was developed to repair the hoses of
the washer system. Several connections, special EPDM (ethyl‐
ene propylene diene Monomer) rubber hoses and thermo-retract‐
able hoses are available as replacement parts.
General description:
♦ The replacement parts are in the Electronic Parts Catalogue
(ETKA).
♦ The replacement parts are available to repair both smooth ho‐
ses and wrinkled hoses.

2.1 Repairing smooth hoses


Smooth hoses with a diameter of 5x1 mm or 6x1 mm can be re‐
paired with an EPDM hose, according to the following recom‐
mendation:
– Cut the damaged section of the smooth hose.
– Determine the corresponding EPDM hose -2- and the cable
clamps from the Electronic Parts Catalogue.
– When determining the length of the EPDM hose -2-, do it in
such a way that the ends of the smooth hoses -1- and -3- can
be inserted approximately 100mm into the EPDM hose -2-.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
– Fasten the repair section with cable clamps -1-. d byV ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

2.2 Repairing wrinkled hoses


rrectness of i
l purpos

Special tools and workshop equipment required


nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co

82
by lksw
cted agen
Rep. gr.92 - Windscreen wash/wipe system Prote AG.
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

♦ Hot air blower - VAS 5179- or Hot air blower - VAG 1416- or
Hot air blower - VAS 1978/14-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du
Note

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
♦ The section to be repaired cannot be subject to stress or twist‐

ility
ot p

ing.

wit
, is n

h re
♦ If the damaged section is more than 0.79 in long, a new seg‐
hole

spec
ment of hose will have to be installed, and the work sequence
es, in part or in w

described below will have to be repeated.

t to the co
Execute the following tasks:

rrectness of i
– Cut the damaged section of the wrinkled hose.
l purpos

– Choose the connections -2- and -3- and the appropriate ther‐
mo-retractable hose from the Electronic Parts Catalogue (ET‐

nf
ercia

KA).

orm
m

– Carefully heat the end of the wrinkled hose -1-.

atio
om

n in
c

– Insert the connection -2- into the wrinkled hose -1- according
or

thi
e

to -arrow A-.
t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
– Heat the end of the wrinkled hose -4-.
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
– Insert the connection -3- into the wrinkled hose -4- according
Co
op py
to -arrow B-. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– When determining the length of the thermo-retractable hose, cted agen
Prote AG.
do it in such a manner that the end of the wrinkled hose are
covered by at least 20 mm -measurement x-.
– Push the thermo-retractable hose over the wrinkled hose,
unite the connections and fasten the repaired section with the
thermo-retractable hose.

2. Washer hoses - repair 83


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

94 – Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


1 Adhere to the safety warnings and
the application of gas-discharge
lamps
In the event that assembly and disassembly work is carried out
on the main headlights with gas-discharge lamps, observe:
• Warnings regarding the high voltage/ dangerous currents
⇒ page 84
• Warnings regarding curves, temperature, irradiation and illu‐
mination pressure ⇒ page 85
• Notes on the assembly of gas-discharge lamps ⇒ page 86
• Notes on the disposal of gas-discharge lamps ⇒ page 86
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Safety goggles
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
♦ Sleeves olkswage es n
ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
WARNING utho
or
a ac
ss
Before carrying out any work on the headlight components with ce
e
nl

pt
du

gas-discharge lamps indicated with high voltage symbols, the


an
itte

earth wire of the Battery - A- must be disconnected ⇒ Electric y li


erm

equipment; Rep. gr. 27 ; Starter, alternator, battery . ab


ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Then, turn off and turn on the headlights. This way, any residual
h re

current will be eliminated.


hole

spec
es, in part or in w

The gas-discharge lamp control device must not, under any


t to the co

circumstances, be operated without the gas-discharge lamps


in place.
The gas-discharge lamps can only be operated in the headlight
rrectness of i

housing due to the elevated voltage (higher than 28000 V when


l purpos

the gas-discharge lamp is turned on) and temperatures.


nform
mercia

WARNING
at
om

ion
c

in t
or

♦ If the mechanic is not familiar with the bulb bearings, the


his
ate

safety norms and the tools, he is not apt to change these


do
priv

bulbs.
cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
Warnings regarding high voltage/ dangerous currents
t
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
WARNING
AG.

The control devices of the lighting system, the operational con‐


nectors or the components of bulb bearings are conductors of
high voltage and are potentially fatal!
The command device and the ignition device can only be op‐
erated with the bulb in place.

84 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

WARNING

♦ Turn off the ignition and all electrical devices, then remove
the ignition key.
♦ Before working on the headlights, ensure that all compo‐
nents are free of voltage, including any residual voltage
that may be in the system after the headlights have been
turned off.
♦ Residual voltage is eliminated by turning the lights on and
off, after removing the key from the ignition.
♦ Ensure that it is not possible to turn the lights on during
any work on the headlights.

Warnings regarding curves, temperature, irradiation and illumi‐


nation pressure
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
WARNING
yV
olks
w not
gu
edb ara
ris nte
♦ The
ut bulb can only be operated in the headlight housing
ho eo
ra
s (protection from contact due to bulb heat, absorptionc of UV
s a
radiation, protection against chains, risk of explosion).
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an

♦ The glass globes of incandescent bulbs get very hot - risk


itte

y li
erm

or burns!
ab
ility
ot p

♦ Avoid looking directly into the ray of light; because of the


wit
, is n

UV irradiation of this type of bulb, it is about 2.5 times


h re
hole

greater than a conventional halogen bulb.


spec
es, in part or in w

♦ Avoid looking directly into the ray of light (risk of blind‐


t to the co

ness), since it can cause temporary loss of vision for a


considerable period of time.
rrectness of i
l purpos

WARNING
nf
ercia

♦ Avoid contact with the brushed glass globes


rm
m

atio
m

♦ The H7 incandescent bulbs and the gas-discharge lamps


o

n in
c

(Xenon/Bi-Xenon) are under pressure and may break dur‐


or

thi
e

ing replacement - Risk of injuries.


t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

♦ Operators must use safety goggles and gloves to install


o

m
f

en

and remove gas-discharge lamps.


ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Adhere to the safety warnings and the application of gas-discharge lamps 85


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Notes on the installation of gas-discharge lamps

Caution

♦ Before replacing an incandescent bulb, always turn off its


respective activator. . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
♦ Turn off the ignition and all electrical devices, then remove by Volk not
gu
the ignition key. ris
ed
ara
nte
tho eo
♦ Do not touch the glass part of the bulb with your hands.
au ra
c
ss
Use fabric gloves. Any fingerprint would be dissipated by

ce
e
nl
the heat emanating from the lit bulb and would move onto

pt
du

an
the reflector, thus compromising the intensity of the light.

itte

y li
erm

ab
♦ The incandescent bulb can only be replaced by a bulb of

ility
the same model. ot p

wit
, is n

h re
♦ When installing, slot the fastenings into the correct posi‐
hole

spec
tion and ensure correct seating.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Notes on the disposal of gas-discharge lamps

rrectness of i
WARNING
l purpos

♦ Gas-discharge lamps should be disposed of as special

nform
ercia

trash; they must not be disposed of in conventional trash.


m

at
♦ Gas-discharge lamps contain metallic mercury (Hg) and
om

ion
traces of thallium. They cannot be destroyed.
c

in t
or

his
te

♦ These components should be eliminated in compliance


a

do
riv

with current legal norms.


p

cum
for

en
g

♦ Dispose of them at duly authorized disposal locations in


n

t.
yi Co
op
suitable containers. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

86 Rep. gr.94 - Lights, bulbs, switches - exterior


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

96 – Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


1 12-V socket
⇒ “1.1 12-V socket - remove and install”, page 87
⇒ “1.2 Socket box light bulb L42 - remove and install”,
page 87

1.1 12-V socket - remove and install

Caution

In case of sockets without lights, blunt force may damage the


fastening bushings.
Only remove sockets (lighter) with lights using the T 40148
puller.
In case of sockets without lighted fixtures, the puller cannot
unblock the fitting bumps.
In general, sockets without lighting cannot be removed without
causing damages.

Refer to Lighter - U1- - remove and install ⇒ page 88 .

1.2 Socket box light bulb - L42- - remove


and install agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o w es n
olks o
The Socket box light bulb -dL42-
by
V is removed similarly to the Lighter
t gu
ara
light bub - L28- ⇒ page
ho
r 92 .
ise nte
e t or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. 12-V socket 87
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

2 Lighter - U1-
⇒ “2.1 General description”, page 88
⇒ “2.2 Assembly overview”, page 89
⇒ “2.3 Lighter socket - remove and install”, page 90
⇒ “2.4 Cigarette lighter light bulb L28 - remove and install”, page
92
The following descriptions also apply to the Rear left lighter - U3- ,
rear right lighter - U7- , Rear lighter - U9- , Electric socket 2 - 12V
- U18- , Electric socket 3 - 12V - U19- , Electric socket 4 - 12V -
U20- , Lighter 2 - U25- e Electric socket 5 - 12V - U26- , as long
as they are equipped with lights.

Caution

In case of sockets without lights, blunt force may damage the


fastening bushings. gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d a oes
lksw n
Only remove sockets (lighter)
db
yV
o
with lights using the T 40148
ot g
ua
puller. e ran
is tee
or h
ut or
In case of socketsss without lighted fixtures, the puller cannot
a ac
unblock the fitting bumps. ce
le
un

pt
an
d

In general, sockets without lighting cannot be removed without


itte

y li
causing damages.
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re

2.1 General description


hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

Caution

In case of sockets without lights, blunt force may damage the


rrectness of i

fastening bushings.
l purpos

Only remove sockets (lighter) with lights using the T 40148


puller.
nform
ercia

In case of sockets without lighted fixtures, the puller cannot


m

unblock the fitting bumps.


com

tion in

In general, sockets without lighting cannot be removed without


r
te o

thi

causing damages.
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
Lighting in some vehicle equipment does not use incandescent
Co
op py
bulbs, but LED lights (light emitting diode). These LEDs are con‐ t. C rig
gh ht
nected to the fastening bushing and cannot be replaced sepa‐ pyri by
Vo
o
by c
rately.
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
There are several different models of fastening bushings with in‐
candescent bulbs. One of the model that allows separately re‐
placing the bulb and one where separate replacement is not
possible. In this case, the socket must be replaced along with the
bulb.
Due to different spatial construction conditions, there are several
different sockets and lighter sockets. They have different lengths
and electrical connections. Sockets or lighter sockets with har‐
ness extension may require additional work to access the con‐
nector.

88 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

2.2 Assembly overview

Caution
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG d
In case of sockets without lights,
olksblunt force may damage sthe
wa oe
not
fastening bushings. byV gu
ara
ed is nte
or
Only remove socketsaut(lighter) with lights using the T 40148
h eo
ra
puller. ss c

ce
le
un

pt
In case of sockets without lighted fixtures, the puller cannot

an
d
itte

unblock the fitting bumps.

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
In general, sockets without lighting cannot be removed without
ot

wit
causing damages.
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
1 - Lighter socket with harness
extension

rrectness of i
2 - Lighter
l purpos

3 - Socket
4 - Lighter socket

nform
ercia

5 - Spring pin
m

a
com

tio
6 - W 5 12V, 1.2 Watt incan‐

n in
r

descent bulb
te o

thi
s
iva

do
7 - Bulb carrier
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Lighter U1 89
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

2.3 Lighter socket - remove and install

Note

The following removal and installation procedures relate to the


lighter socket and apply all other sockets.

Caution

In case of sockets without lights, blunt force may damage the


fastening bushings.
Only remove sockets (lighter) with lights using the T 40148
puller.
In case of sockets without lighted fixtures, the puller cannot
unblock the fitting bumps.
In general, sockets without lighting cannot be removed without
causing damages.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Puller - T 40148-

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an

Removal:
itte

y li
erm

ab

– If necessary, remove the lighter, the mock lighter, etc. from the
ility
ot p

socket.
wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

Note
es, in part or in w

t to the co

For a better general overview, the socket is illustrated after re‐


moval.
rrectness of i
l purpos

Caution
nform
ercia

The socket or fastening bushing may be damaged.


m

at
om

Ensure the puller is seated properly, otherwise the spring pin


ion
c

claws will not be unlocked.


in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

90 Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Insert the puller -arrow- into the socket, fitting the bumps -1-
onto the grooves -2-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
– Unlock the fastening bushing clips
s by pulling the claw -3- in
s c
the -direction of the arrow- .

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

– Remove the socket with the fastening bushing puller.

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Caution

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
Electrical socket cables may be damaged.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Mind the length of the cable when extracting the socket.

rrectness of i
l purpos

Depending on the assembly location, it may be recommended to


use the pressure tool 40148/1 -2- with the knurled-edge nut -1-.

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
Caution
om

n in
or c

When using the pressure tool, ensure no surrounding compo‐

thi
te

sd
a

nent is damaged.
iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Disengage the socket connection. C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Note Prote AG.

Due to different spatial construction conditions, there are several


different sockets and lighter sockets. They have different lengths
and electrical connections. Sockets or lighter sockets with har‐
ness extension may require additional work to access the con‐
nector.

2. Lighter U1 91
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Unlock the puller bumps by pressing the spindle -1- in the


-direction of arrow B-. Next, the connection part -2- must be
briefly turned to the left to be unlocked -arrow A-. Remove the
puller out of the socket.

Note

Ensure the puller locks are not spread.

Caution

The lighter may be ejected out of the socket after the incan‐
descence process.
To insert the puller, the socket lock springs are separated and
the lock torque is reduced.
Press the lock springs after removal and test if the lighter re‐
mains in removal position after the incandescence process.

– Carefully press the socket's lock springs -arrows-.


– Test if the lighter remains in removal position and is not ejected
towards the passenger compartment after the incandescence
process.
Installation:
Installation is carried out in reverse sequence.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
2.4 Cigarette lighter light bulb - L28- - re‐
oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
move and install ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le

Note
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab

♦ Lighting in some vehicle equipment does not use incandes‐


ility
ot p

cent bulbs, but LED lights (light emitting diode). These LEDs
wit

are connected to the fastening bushing and cannot be re‐


is n

h re

placed separately.
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

♦ There are several different models of fastening bushings with


t to the co

incandescent bulbs. One of the model that allows separately


replacing the bulb and one where separate replacement is not
possible. In this case, the socket must be replaced along with
rrectne

the bulb.
s

Removal:
s o
cial p

f i

– Remove the socket ⇒ page 90 .


nform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw

92
cted agen
Prote AG.
Rep. gr.96 - Lights, bulbs, switches - interior
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Press the locking pawls -arrows- and remove the tensioning


sleeve with the bulb bracket.
– Release the bulb bracket from the tensioning bushing.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
– Disconnect the bulb bracket in area -A- andau -B-.
th or
ac
ss
– Open part -B- of the bulb bracket.

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne
– Remove the incandescent bulb in the -direction of the arrow-.

ss o
Installation:
cial p

f inform
Installation is carried out in reverse sequence.
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Lighter U1 93
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

97 – Wiring
1 Vehicle diagnostic, testing and infor‐
mation system

WARNING

♦ In test runs or during measurements with the Vehicle di‐


agnostic, testing and information system, there is the pos‐
sibility of serious, or even fatal, injuries!
♦ If the Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system
is placed within the radius of action of the airbag during a
test run or when measurements are being taken, there is
the possibility of serious, or even fatal, injuries, in the event
that the airbag is accidentally triggered!
♦ Always install the measurement and test devices on the
rear seat so that they can be used by another mechanic.

Note

♦ All work instructions described, such as: adjustments, encod‐


ing, etc., may be executed with Vehicle diagnosis system and
technical information - VAS 5052A- or further equipment.
♦ All work-related information is available in the “Assisted trou‐
bleshooting” and “Guided functions”operational modes.

– Connect the Vehicle diagnosis system and technical informa‐


tion - VAS 5052A- or further equipment ⇒ page 94 .

1.1 Vehicle Diagnosis, Measurementlkand swa


gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
not
Information System - connect Vo gu
by ara
d
se n ri tee
ho
aut or
ac
ss
Note
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

Follow the current operational instructions of the Vehicle diag‐


y li
erm

ab

nostic, testing and information system - VAS 5052A- or further


ility
ot p

equipment, which is indicated through the selection of the “Ad‐


wit
is n

ministration” and “User Manual” buttons.


h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
94
Prote AG.
Rep. gr.97 - Wiring
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Special tools and workshop


equipment required

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne
♦ Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system - VAS
5051-
♦ Vehicle diagnosis system and technical information - VAS ss o
cial p

f
5052-
inform
mer

♦ Vehicle diagnosis system and technical information - VAS


atio
m

5052A-
o

n
c

i
or

♦ Vehicle diagnosis system and technical information - VAS


thi
te

sd
a

6150-
iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

♦ Diagnostic cable - VAS 5051/6B-


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
♦ Diagnostic cable - VAS 5052/3A- C py
ht. rig
rig ht
♦ Wireless diagnostic connector - VAS 5054A-
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Connect the Vehicle diagnosis system and technical information
Prote AG.

- VAS 5052A- or further equipment:


– Operate the handbrake.
– In vehicles with manual transmission, put the gear change
lever in the neutral position.
– In vehicles with automatic transmission, put the selector lever
in position “P” or “N”.
– Remove the cover from the diagnostic terminal.

1. Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system 95


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Connect the Vehicle diagnosis system and technical informa‐


tion - VAS 5052A- or further equipment, with the ignition
switched off, to the 16-pin diagnosis connector - T16- .
– Turn the ignition on.
– Turn off all electrical equipment.
– Keep on selecting the desired functions in the Diagnosis,
measurement and information system - VAS 5052A- or later
equipment ⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester.

Note

The connection of other Vehicle diagnostic, testing and informa‐


tion systems is carried out in the same swa
gmanner,
en AG. V as previously
olkswagen AG
does
described. by Volk not
gu
ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
au ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

96 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

2 Harness and connection repairs


⇒ “2.1 General notes on repair work on the electrical system of
the vehicle”, page 97
⇒ “2.2 Harness repair kits”, page 98
⇒ “2.3 Description of tools”, page 100
⇒ “2.4 Harness repair”, page 103
⇒ “2.5 Fibre optic cable repairs”, page 123
⇒ “2.6 Aerial cable repairs”, page 130
⇒ “2.7 Repairing connector terminals and connectors”,
page 142
⇒ “2.8 Unlocking and disassembling the terminals”, page 146

2.1 General notes on repair work on the


electrical system of the vehicle

Caution agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
by
To turn the battery on and off, itrisis
e essential that the procedures
d ara
nte
described in the repair manual
ut
ho of the respective vehicle be fol‐ eo
ra
lowed to the letter. ss a c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
WARNING

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Some tools have a safety lock that should be inserted into the
h re
hole

ends of the tool before it is used in order to prevent damage to


the tool and to protect the mechanic from any injury. spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

♦ Whenever repair work is carried out, consult current informa‐


rrectness of i

tion in the respective Repair Manuals.


l purpos

♦ Follow the current specific norms of each country.


♦ Before working on the electrical system, it is necessary to dis‐
nform
ercia

connect the battery earth wire.


m

at

♦ Safe working conditions regarding the electrical system are


om

io

created when the earth wire is disconnected from the battery


n
c

in t
or

(current interruption).
his
ate

do
riv

♦ The positive cable only needs to be disconnected when re‐


p

cum
or

moving the battery.


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
♦ Before initiating any repair work, potential causes of faults C py
t. rig
must be eliminated (for example sharp elements on the vehicle gh ht
yri by
body, defective components, corrosion, etc).
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Welding work must not be carried out on the on-board system.
♦ Repairs to the harnesses and terminals must only be carried
out with the Harness repair set - VAS 1978- .
♦ Repairs to harnesses should only be carried out with yellow
cables.
♦ Repairs to harnesses should not be reintegrated into the lining
of the original harness of the vehicle. They should be identified
with a yellow adhesive tape.
♦ These yellow cables and all locations identified with the yellow
tape indicate previous repairs.

2. Harness and connection repairs 97


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ rise , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
d b ara
nte
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019
autho eo
ra
ss c

ce
le
♦ Pressure connections must not be repaired. After compres‐

un

pt
sion, place a cable in parallel with the damaged cable.

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
♦ After compression, carry out retraction of the pressure con‐

ility
ot p
nection with a hot air blower in order to prevent entry of

wit
is n
humidity.

h re
ole,

spec
♦ Carefully observe the complementary notes regarding repair

urposes, in part or in wh
work on the airbag cables and the pre-tensioners of the seat

t to the co
belts, CAN-Bus system cables, antenna cables and cables
with transversal section areas of up to 0.35 mm2
⇒ page 107 .

rrectne
♦ Avoid releasing earth cables from the vehicle body (risk of
corrosion).

ss o
cial p

f
♦ After each repair, carry out a test run. If necessary, consult and

inform
erase the fault memory and/or initialize or carry out and ad‐
mer
justment to the systems.

atio
om

n
2.2 Harness repair kits
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
va

⇒ “2.2.1 Wiring harness repair set VAS 1978 ”, page 98


i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

⇒ “2.2.2 Complementary set VAS 1978/50 ”, page 98

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
⇒ “2.2.3 Wiring harness repair set VAS 1978A ”, page 99 t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
⇒ “2.2.4 Terminal removal tool kit VAS 1978/35 ”, page 99
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2.2.1 Wiring harness repair set - VAS 1978-
The Harness repair set - VAS 1978- enables high-quality repairs
to be carried out on the electrical system of the vehicle. The tools
enable repairs to be carried out around the connectors and in the
event of an interruption to the cables. Accordingly, repair cables
complete with fixed terminals, connected to the original harness
of the vehicle through pressure connections are used. Pressure
pliers with three pressure cavities and a hot air blower for the re‐
traction of the pressure connections ensure perfect electrical
connection.

Note

Additional information: ⇒ Instructions manual Wiring harness re‐


pair set - VAS 1978-

2.2.2 Complementary set - VAS 1978/50-


The Complementary set - VAS 1978/50- is necessary to update
the “previous one” Harness repair set - VAS 1978- for the recent
version of the Harness repair set - VAS 1978A- . The Wiring har‐
ness repair set - VAS 1978A- comprises 4 assembly tools and 10
disassembly tools and the new Crimping pliers (base tool) - VAS
1978/1–2- for pressure connectors with 0.35-2.5 mm2 Insertion
element - VAS 1978/1-1- , Insertion element for the cleaving pliers
- VAS 1978/2A- , Insertion element for the JPT contacts pliers -
VAS 1978/9–1- . It also includes new self-adhesive items, an
Instruction Manual, pressure connectors for conductors with a
section of 0.35 mm 2 and a black felt tape roll.
Complementary set - VAS 1978/50-

98 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

2.2.3 Wiring harness repair set - VAS 1978A-


The new Wiring harness repair set - VAS 1978A- enables high-
quality repairs to be carried out on the electrical system of the
vehicle. The tools enable repairs to be carried out around the
connectors and in the event of an interruption to the cables. Ac‐
cordingly, repair cables complete with fixed terminals, connected
to the original harness of the vehicle with the help of four types of
pressure connections are used. A new set of Crimping pliers
(base tool) - VAS 1978/1–2- with 0.35-2.5 mm2 insertion elements
- VAS 1978/1-1- or Insertion element for crimping pliers - VAS
1978/2A- and a Hot air blower - VAS 1978/14- for the retraction
of connections by pressure, thus ensuring a perfect electrical
connection.
Wiring harness repair set - VAS 1978A-

Note

Additional Information:
G. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ Instruction manual of the wiring harness repair set - VASlksw
agen
A
oes
not
1978A- by
Vo gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
2.2.4 Terminal removal tool kit - VAS 1978/35- ss
au ra
c

ce
e
nl

The terminal removal tool kit - VAS 1978/35- is used to unlock

pt
du

an
different primary and secondary locks in the vehicles of the group
itte

y li
erm

of companies. The kit has 26 different tools to properly unlock or

ab
ility
install, for example, round-fitting systems, flat contacts with one
ot p

wit
or to retainers, or also individual cable seals.
, is n

h re
hole

Check the table of the ⇒ Terminal removal tool kit -VAS 1978/35-

spec
to identify the correct unlocking tool for each respective lock.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Harness and connection repairs 99


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
Fox 2004 ➤ ,yFox Vo 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol
lks ot 1995
gu ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
b
Electricalrissystem
ed - General information - Edition a07.2019
ran
tee
ho
aut or
ac
2.3 ss Description of tools

ce
le
un

pt
an
⇒ “2.3.1 Cleaving pliers VAS 1978/1 ”, page 100
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
⇒ “2.3.2 Disassembly tool for terminals”, page 100
pe

ility
ot

wit
⇒ “2.3.3 Assembly tool for simple cable linings”, page 101
, is n

h re
hole

⇒ “2.3.4 Pliers for stripping cables VAS 1978/3 ”, page 101

spec
es, in part or in w

⇒ “2.3.5 Hot air blower VAS 1978/14 ”, page 102

t to the co
⇒ “2.3.6 Crimping pliers VAS 1978/1A ”, page 102

rrectness of i
2.3.1 Cleaving pliers - VAS 1978/1-
l purpos

The Cleaving pliers without insertion element - VAS 1978/1- to‐


gether with the Insertion element for cleaving pliers - VAS 1978/2-

nform
ercia

are part of the Harness repair set - VAS 1978- and are used to
compress the connections by pressure in the repair of harnesses.
m

a
com

tio
Pressure connec‐ Compression cav‐ Transversal section

n in
r
te o

tion colour ity colour

thi
s
iva

do
yellow yellow 0,35 mm2
r
rp

cum
fo

red red
en
0.5 mm2 - 1.0 mm2
ng

t.
yi Co
op
blue blue 1.5 mm2 -2.5 mm2
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
yellow yellow 4.0 mm2 -6.0 mm2
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

♦ As an alternative to compress the connections, the Crimping


pliers (base tool) - VAS 1978/1–2- may also be used together
with the 0.35-2.5 mm2 Insertion element - VAS 1978/1-1- or
the Insertion element for the cleaving pliers - VAS 1978/2A- .
♦ It is indispensable to ensure the correct compression cavity is
used for the corresponding pressure connection.
♦ The cable lining must not be compressed.

2.3.2 Disassembly tool for terminals


The different disassembly tools have designed to correctly dis‐
assemble the different types of terminals.
A series of disassembly tools are part of the Harness repair set -
VAS 1978- / Harness repair set - VAS 1978A- .

WARNING

Some tools have a safety lock that should be inserted into the
ends of the tool before it is used in order to prevent damage to
the tool and to protect the mechanic from any injury.

Disconnect and disassemble the terminals ⇒ page 146 .

100 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

2.3.3 Assembly tool for simple cable linings


The assembly tool enables linings of simple cables to inserted on
the connector up to the stop and without damage, in such a way
as to ensure the complete insulation between the simple cable
and the connector.
The Harness repair set - VAS 1978- / Harness repair sets - VAS
1978A- includes four assembly tools for simple cable linings.
Assembly of simple cable linings ⇒ page 143 .

2.3.4 Pliers for stripping cables - VAS 1978/3-


The Pliers for stripping cables - VAS 1978/3- are used to strip and
cut cables.
The Pliers for stripping cables - VAS 1978/3- are part of Harness gen AG. Volkswagen AG d
repair kit - VAS 1978- . Vol
ksw
a oes
not
y gu
db ara
The Pliers for stripping cables - VAS 1978/3- has an adjustable
ris
e nte
ho eo
limiter that permits the intended length of the lining toabe
ut removed ra
from the cable to be adjusted. ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
Stripping:
du

an
itte

y li
erm

– Place the removable limiter on the pliers in the measurement

ab
ility
of the length of lining to be stripped.
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
– Slot the end of the cable through the front section up to the
es, in part or in w

limiter and press the pliers.

t to the co
– Open the pliers and remove the end of the stripped cable.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
riv

– If necessary, cut the cable using the side cutting function on


p

cum
or

the upper section of the Pliers for stripping cables - VAS


f

en
ng

t.
yi
1978/3- .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Harness and connection repairs 101


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ ,y Fox Vo 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol
lks ot 1999
gu ➤ , Gol ...
b
Electrical system - General
ir se information - Edition 07.2019
d ara
nte
ho eo
aut ra
2.3.5 Hot air blower - VAS 1978/14-
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
Caution
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
In the retraction of the connection by pressure, it is essential
, is n

h re
to ensure that the hot air blower does not damage other cables,
hole

plastic parts or any other lining.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Closely follow the instruction manual for the hot air blower.

rrectness of i
The Hot air blower - VAS 1978/14- is assemble together with the
Adapter for the hot air blower - VAS 1978/15- to carry out retrac‐
l purpos

tion of the connection by pressure in order to prevent the entry of


humidity.

nform
ercia

The Hot air blower - VAS 1978/14- is part of the Harness repair
set - VAS 1978- .
m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

2.3.6 Crimping pliers - VAS 1978/1A-

his
ate

do
priv

c
The crimping pliers - VAS 1978/1A- or the base pliers for crimping

um
for

jaw - VAS 1978/1-2- and adapter jaw 0.35-2.5 mm² - VAS

en
ng

t.
yi Co
1978/1-1- , or the crimping pliers insertion element - VAS Cop py
1978/2A- are used to crimp connectors from the wiring harness
t. rig
gh ht
yri
repair kit.
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Crimping of crimp connectors with the Crimping pliers - VAS
Prote AG.

1978/1A- ⇒ page 122 .


The following replacement heads can be acquired for the Base
pliers for crimping jaw - VAS 1978/1-2- :
♦ 0.35 mm 2 - 2.5 mm 2 replacement head - VAS 1978/1-1-
♦ 4.0 mm 2 - 6.0 mm 2 replacement head - VAS 1978/2A-
♦ JPT contact replacement head - VAS 1978/9-1-
Along with the JPT contact replacement head - VAS 1978/9-1- ,
the crimping pliers for contact crimping are also used on individual
cables to repair cross cable sections of up to 0.35 mm 2
⇒ page 107 .
Replace the replacement head:
– Open the crimping pliers completely.

– Unlock both locking pins -arrows- of the body of the crimping


pliers.

102 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Place the required replacement head over -arrow- the body of


the crimping pliers.

– Lock the replacement head onto the body of the crimping pliers
by pressing the pins -arrow-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
2.4 Harness repair

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
⇒ “2.4.1 Repairing airbag and seat belt pre-tensioning cables”,
pe

ility
page 103
ot

wit
, is n

h re
⇒ “2.4.2 Repairing CAN-Bus system cables”, page 106
hole

spec
⇒ “2.4.3 Replacing antenna cables”, page 106
es, in part or in w

t to the co
⇒ “2.4.4 Repairs of electrical connectors
0.13 mm2/0.35 mm2/0.5 mm2 ”, page 107

rrectness of i
⇒ “2.4.5 Repairs of cables with 10 mm2 or 16 mm2 with individual
top connectors”, page 111
l purpos

⇒ “2.4.6 Repairs of aluminium cables with 2.5 mm2, 4 mm2 or 6


mm2 with individual top connectors”, page 116
nform
ercia

⇒ “2.4.7 Interruption in cables with a repaired section”,


m

a
com

ti

page 121
on in
r
te o

thi

⇒ “2.4.8 Interruption in cables with two repaired sections”,


s
iva

page 122
do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Note C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
Pay attention to the notes regarding repair work on the electrical
o
by c lksw
cted agen
system Prote AG.
⇒ “2.1 General notes on repair work on the electrical system of
the vehicle”, page 97 .

2.4.1 Repairing airbag and seat belt pre-ten‐


sioning cables
For supplementary repairs on airbag and seat belt pre-tensioning
cables, observe the following instructions:

2. Harness and connection repairs 103


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

WARNING

♦ Badly execute repair work on the harnesses of airbag and


seat belt pre-tensioning cables may cause faults in the
passenger protection system.
♦ Repair work involving airbag and seat belt pre-tensioning
cables should only be carried out with terminals, connec‐
tors and cables designed for this purpose ⇒ Electronic
Parts Catalogue .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

104 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Note

♦ Repair work involving airbag and seat belt pre-tensioning ca‐


bles should only be carried out with the Harness repair set -
VAS 1978- / Harness repair set - VAS 1978A- .
♦ Observe the stickers on the vehicle that indicate the parts with
high voltage. In case of repairs, the residual voltage must be
discharged ⇒ General body repairs, interior; Rep. gr. 69 ;
Passenger protection .
♦ No more than two sections of the airbag and seat belt pre-
tensioning cables should be repaired. Repaired sections in‐
crease the electric resistance of the cable, an may cause faults
in the system's self-diagnosis.
♦ In the event of repair work on the airbag and seat belt pre-
tensioning cables, the pressure connection should undergo
retraction in order to avoid corrosion.
♦ Repairs to harnesses should only be carried out with yellow
cables.
♦ Repairs to harnesses should not be reintegrated into the lining
of the original harness of the vehicle. They should be identified
with a yellow adhesive tape.
♦ These yellow cables and all locations identified with the yellow
tape indicate previous repairs.
♦ Repair work around the airbag and seat belt pre-tensioners
should be carried out at least 11.81 in from the next contact
box. In conjunction with identifying the yellow tape, this pro‐
cedure allows immediate verification of the areas to be re‐
paired.
♦ The cables of the activation units (Airbags) have the twisting
with the gap of 20 ± 5 mm as series. This gap is ensured in
the serial manufacturing via normative part numbers for the
pairs of cables, and it is vital to maintain it in the repair of the
twisted cable length. en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
lksw
♦ In repair work, the cables in the activation
by units (airbags)
not
Vo gu
ara
should be of the same length. While ris stranding cables -1- and
ed nte
-2- it is essential to maintain theauAt = 20 ± 5 mm gap.
ho eo
ra
ss c
♦ There must not be any repair to the cable -arrow- that results
ce
e
nl

in a length of more than B = 100 mm without the cables being


pt
du

an

stranded.
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by

105
cop Vo
by lksw
Prote
cted AG. 2. Harness and connection repairs
agen
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

2.4.2 Repairing CAN-Bus system cables


♦ With the CAB-Bus cable, a cable with two wires an no protec‐
tion is used -1- and -2- with a transversal section area of 0.35
mm2 or 0.5 mm2.
♦ Colour codes of the CAN-Bus system cables:
CAN-High cable, activation orange/black
CAN-High cable, Comfort system orange/green
CAN-High cable, Infotainment orange/purple
CAN-Low cable (all) orange/brown
♦ Besides the repair cables with their respective transversal
sections, the CAN-Bus system may be repaired with “green/
yellow” or “white/yellow” stranded cables
n AG. Volkswfrom
agen Athe
G do⇒ Elec‐
wage es n
tronic Parts Cataloguey“ETKA”
Vo lks . ot g
b ua
ed ra
♦ In repair work, the rtwo
is CAN-Bus cables should be of the same nte
tho eo
length. When sstranding
au cables -1- and -2- it is essential to ra
c
maintain the A = 20 mm gap.
s

ce
le
un

pt
♦ There must not be any repair to the cable -arrow- that results

an
d
itte

y li
in a length of more than B = 50 mm without the cables being
erm

ab
stranded.

ility
ot p

wit
is n

♦ Place yellow adhesive tape around the repaired sections so

h re
as to identify previously repaired sections.
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
2.4.3 Replacing antenna cables
A new concept in repairs has been developed to repair antenna
rrectne

cables. Connection cables with differing lengths and different


adapters are available as replacement parts to replace complete
conventional antenna cables.
ss o
cial p

General description:
inform
mer

♦ Antenna cables must not be repaired. They should be re‐


atio

placed exclusively by connection cables and adapters belong‐


om

ing to the range of genuine replacement parts ⇒ Communi‐


c

i
or

cation; Rep. gr. 91 ; Radio, telephone, navigation system .


thi
te

sd
iva

♦ Replacement parts can be found listed in the ⇒ Electronic


pr

cum
r
fo

Parts Catalogue “ETKA” .


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
♦ The connector terminals of the antenna cables are available C py
t. rig
as replacement parts in one colour only. However, they may
gh ht
pyri by
be used for all colours of connectors.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ The replacement of isolated antenna connectors is not al‐
lowed for in case of repair.
♦ The connection cables should be used from now on in all VW
models, with all diameters of antenna cable.
♦ All adapters and connection cables are suitable for all trans‐
mission and reception signals.
♦ The repair concept may also be used for verification of later
assembly.

106 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

General overview of antenna cable assembly:


Example: a broken radio antenna cable. The following cables are
required to carry out the repair:
. Volkswagen AG
a gen AG does
1- Adaptation cable for connection to the radio; approx.Vol length
ksw not
gu
30 cm. ed
by ara
nte
is
or eo
2- Connection cable, available in different lengths.
au
th ra
ss c
3- Adaptation cable for connection to the antenna; approx.

ce
e
nl

pt
length 30 cm.

du

an
itte

y li
erm
Assembly of a new antenna cable:

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
Note
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Depending on the equipment in the vehicle, the total length of an

t to the co
antenna cable may be divided into partial sections by the antenna
control units of the traffic information system or antenna amplifi‐
ers. Replace the damaged section only.

rrectness of i
l purpos

– Disconnect the damaged antenna cable connectors from their


respective units.

nform
ercia

– Determine the trajectory of the damaged antenna cable and


measure the total length of the antenna cable to be installed
m

at
om

in the vehicle.

ion
c

in t
or

his
te

The total length of the antenna cable depends on the length of


a

do
riv

the necessary antenna adaptation cables -1- and -3- , as well as


p

cum
or

the connection cable -2-.


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Subtract 60cm of the total determined length of the antenna C py
t. rig
cable, thus obtaining the necessary length for the connection
gh ht
pyri by
cable -2-.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Request the necessary adaptation cables -1- and -3- and the
connection cable -2- with the length calculated for the replace‐
ment parts, according to the parts catalogue.
– Cut the cable connectors of the damaged antenna cable.
The remains of the damaged antenna cables will stay in the ve‐
hicle.
– Connect the adaptation cables -1- and -3- to the units of the
vehicle.
– Install the connection cable -2- near the original position of the
antenna cable of the vehicle.

Note

Antenna cables must not be obstructed or excessively stranded.


Curvature must not exceed 50mm.

– Connect the connection cable -2- to the adaptation cables


-1- and -3-.
– Check that the system works correctly.

2.4.4 Repairs of electrical connectors


0.13 mm2/0.35 mm2/0.5 mm2
Special tools and workshop equipment required

2. Harness and connection repairs 107


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

♦ The Hot air blower - VAS 1978/14A- of the harness repair set
- VAS 1978 B- .

♦ Crimping pliers (body) - VAS 1978/1-2- of the harness repair


set - VAS 1978 B-
♦ Adapter jaw 0.13 - 0.5 mm² - VAS 1978/1-3-

Note

Repair cables with cross-section of 0.35 mm2 or 0.5 mm2 are


available for repairs.

Work sequence
– Install the interchangeable jaw 0.13 - 0.5 mm² - VAS 1978/1-3-
-1- over the body of the crimping pliers (body) - VAS
1978/1-2- :
– Open the crimping pliers -VAS 1978/1-2- .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

108 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Pull the safety pins -2- out until reaching the stop, in the
-direction of arrow A-.
– Install the interchangeable jaw -VAS 1978/1-3- -1- in the
-direction of arrow B- in the centre of the crimping pliers -VAS
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
1978/1-2- . olks
wage es n
o V t gu
by a
– Push the safety pins-2-
ris
ed back inward, until reaching the stop.
ran
te
tho eo
– Release the srepair
sa
u
cable approximately 20 cm on both sides ra
c
of the repair position.

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
Caution
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
Risk of damages to electrical conductors.
, is n

h re
hole

♦ Carefully release coated wire harnesses

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Remove the coating if necessary.
– Cut the damaged cable section using side cutting pliers.

rrectness of i
l purpos

Note

nform
ercia

♦ If a simple vehicle conductor is too short with a single direct


m

seam on the top connector, after cutting the damaged wire

a
com

tio
section, insert two top connectors, a yellow repair cable with

n in
r

the same length of the damaged wire section that was re‐
te o

thi
moved. s
iva

do
r
rp

cum

♦ When repairing simple conductors with crimped/pressed con‐


fo

en
ng

tacts, place the yellow repair cable next to the damaged simple
t.
yi Co
op
conductor and cut the required section. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
– Insert the end of the cable -2- until the stop -arrow- into the
Prote AG.
housing of the appropriate interchangeable jaw of the cross
section -VAS 1978/1-3- -1-.
– Press and hold the crimping pliers.
– To remove the coat, pull the end of the cable -2- out of the
interchangeable jaw -VAS 1978/1-3- -1-.
– Open the crimping pliers again.
• The insulation must have been cut and removed from the ca‐
ble
• There must not be any remaining insulation in the open wire
• Wires must not be damaged
– Take a small transparent crimping connector from the harness
repair set - VAS 1978 B- .
– In cables with cross section of 0.13 mm2, additionally place a
heat-shrink tube in one of the cables ⇒ Electronic Parts Cata‐
logue (ETKA) .

2. Harness and connection repairs 109


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Insert the crimping connector -2- until the stop, in the


-direction of arrow A- onto the interchangeable acrimping
gen AG
. Voljaw
kswa-gen AG
does
VAS 1978/1-3- . olksw not
yV gu b ara
ed
– Insert the uncoated cable end -1- in ho the
ris nte
e
-direction of arrow B- into the crimping
s aut connector -2-. or
ac
s
• All individual wires must be inserted into the crimping connec‐

ce
e
nl

pt
du
tor -2-

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
• Cable insulation -arrow C- cannot be crimped along with the

ility
ot p

connector.

wit
, is n

h re
– Press the crimping pliers completely and open again.
hole

spec
– Remove the cable with crimped connector.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Repeat the cable crimping with top connector on the other
side, as described above.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

– Remove the safety pin -1- until reaching the stop, in the
m

-direction of arrow A-.

at
om

ion
c

– Turn the upper section of the interchangeable jaw -VAS

in t
or

his
1978/1-3- -2- in the -direction of arrow B-.
ate

do
priv

c
– Remove the crimped top connector.

um
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Correct crimping result


– After crimping, the crimped connector must be shrunk with the
hot air blower to isolate from humidity.
• In cables with cross section of 0.13 mm2, also shrink the heat-
shrink tube on the seam to ensure complete insulation.

– Install the Hot air blower adapter - VAS 1978/15A- on the Hot
air blower - VAS 1978/14A.- .

Caution

Risk of damages to electrical conductors.


♦ When shrinking the heat-shrink tube, ensure no other ca‐
ble, plastic or insulation materials are damaged by the hot
air blower.
♦ Closely follow the instruction manual for the hot air blower!

110 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤th,oFox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol
r e o ...
u ra
Electrical
ss a system - General information - Edition 07.2019 c

ce
e
nl

pt
du
– In cables with cross section of 0.13 mm2, centre the heat-

an
itte

y li
shrink tube -1- over the crimped top connector -2- by feeling

erm

ab
the outlines of the seam.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
• Measurement -a- must be approximately equal on both sides.

h re
hole

spec
– Heat the heat-shrink tube with the hot air blower longitudinally,

es, in part or in w
from the center out, until it is completely sealed and the ad‐

t to the co
hesive comes out in the edges.
• The repaired area must look like this -3-.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia
Note

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

♦ If multiple cables must be repaired, crimped connectors must

his
ate

not be different on each side. Slightly displace the crimping

do
priv

c
connectors to ensure the wiring harness perimeter is not too

um
for

high.

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
♦ If the repair position was previously shielded, the position must t. C rig
gh ht
be re-shielded after repair, using yellow masking film. yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
♦ Secure the repaired wiring harness, if necessary, with a cable
agen
Prote AG.
connector, to avoid noises while druving.

Early unlocking
– Press the unlocking lever -1- up, in the
-direction of the arrow-.
– At the same time, slightly press the crimping pliers and open
again.

Caution

♦ Do not use top connectors after early unlocking.

2.4.5 Repairs of cables with 10 mm2 or


16 mm2 with individual top connectors
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ The Hot air blower - VAS 1978/14A- of the harness repair set
- VAS 1978 B- .

♦ The Hot air blower adapter - VAS 1978/15A- of the harness


repair set - VAS 1978 B- .

2. Harness and connection repairs 111


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

♦ Harness repair set - VAS 631 003-

Note

♦ Repair cables (per meter) with cross-section of 10 mm2 or


16 mm2 are available for repairs.
♦ Additionally, individual repair cables with crimped/pressed
contacts are also available for repairs.

Work sequence
– Install the crimping frame and the crimping puncture appro‐
priate to the cable's cross section onto the crimping pliers, as
described below:
– Open the crimping pliers of the harness repair set - VAS 631
003- .
– Remove the safety pin -1- until reaching the stop, in the
-direction of arrow A-.
– Open the adapter -2- in the -direction of arrow B-.
AG. Volkswagen
n AG do
wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
ed ran
oris tee
h
– ut
Insert the crimping puncture -1- until audibly secured in the or
ac
sa
housing -2- of the adapter -arrow A-.
s
ce
e
nl

pt
du

– Insert the crimping frame -3- until audibly secured in the hous‐ an
itte

ing -4- of the crimping pliers -arrow B-. y li


erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

112 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 y➤ V , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ ,oGol
olk n t
gu 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
b a
Electrical
rised
system - General information - raEdition
nte 07.2019
ho eo
aut ra
– Close the adapter -1- in the -direction
ss of arrow A-. c

ce
e
nl

pt
– Insert the safety clip -2- in the -direction of arrow B- until

du

an
itte
reaching the stop.

y li
erm

ab
ility
– Release the repair cable approximately 20 cm on both sides

ot p

wit
of the repair position.

, is n

h re
hole

spec
Caution

es, in part or in w

t to the co
Risk of damages to electrical conductors.
♦ Carefully release shielded wire harnesses.

rrectness of i
l purpos

– If necessary, release the wiring harness shield using a knife.

nf
ercia

– Cut and remove the damaged cable section using the cable

orm
scissors of the harness repair set - VAS 631 003- .
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
e

Note
t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
♦ If the two ends of the simple vehicle conductor are too short
f

en
ng

t.
yi
to repair with a single top connector, due to the cut out dam‐
Co
op py
aged conductor section, install a piece of yellow repair cable
. C rig
ht ht
rig
with the same length and with two top connectors. py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
♦ When repairing simple conductors with crimped/pressed con‐
agen
Prote AG.
tacts, place the yellow repair cable next to the damaged simple
conductor and cut the required section.

– Adjust the moving stop of the pliers to remove the coating of


cables of the harness repair set - VAS 631 003- based on the
length of the cables to be exposed.
♦ 10 mm2 cables: 14 mm
♦ 16 mm2 cables: 16.5 mm
– Insert the end of the front cable onto the pliers, until reaching
the stop, and close the pliers completely.
– Open the pliers again and remove the coat from the end of the
cable.
• The insulation must have been cut and removed from the ca‐
ble
• There must not be any remaining insulation in the open wire
• Wires must not be damaged
– For repairs, use a suitable top connector and heat-shrink tubes
of the harness repair set - VAS 631 003- .
– Insert the heat-shrink tube in one of the cables.

2. Harness and connection repairs 113


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Place the top connector -1- with the first crimping point on the
centre of the crimping frame -2-.
• Measurement -a- must be identical on both sides
– Turn the quick-insert lever -3- anti-clockwise -arrow- until the
top connector -1- is secured in place.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Insert the cable -2- with the exposed end until the stop of the
top connector -1- -arrow-.

rrectness of i
• Each individual wire must have been inserted in the top con‐
nector
l purpos

– Close and open the crimping pliers repeatedly until the crimp‐
ing frame moves down into starting position.

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
m

Note
o

n in
or c

thi
te

Cable insulation cannot be crimped along with the connector.


sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

– Repeat the cable crimping with top connector on the other


t.
yi Co
side, as described above. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Remove the safety clip in the -direction of arrow A- until reach‐ by c lksw
cted agen
ing the stop. Prote AG.

– Open the adapter in the -direction of arrow B-.


– Remove the crimped top connector.

Correct crimping result


A - 10 mm2, star crimping
B - 16 mm2, B crimping

114 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

After crimping, the heat-shrink tube must be shrunk over the top
connector with the hot air blower to isolate from humidity.
– Place the Hot air blower adapter - VAS 1978/15A- over the Hot
air blower - VAS 1978/14A- .

Caution

Risk of damages to surrounding components.


♦ When shrinking the heat-shrink tube, ensure no other ca‐
ble, plastic or insulation materials are damaged by the hot
air blower.
♦ Closely follow the instruction manual for the hot air blower!

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
– Place the heat-shrink tube -1- on the centre,
d by V above the top gu
ara
connector -2- by feeling the outlines.orise nte
eo
th
u ra
• Measurement -a- must be approximately
ss a
identical on both c
sides

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
– Heat the heat-shrink tube with the hot air blower longitudinally,
itte

y li
erm

from the centre out, until it is completely sealed and the ad‐

ab
ility
hesive comes out in the edges.
ot p

wit
, is n

• The repaired area must look like this -3-.

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
Note
l purpos

♦ If multiple cables must be repaired, top connectors must not

nform
ercia

be different on each side. Slightly displace the top connectors


to ensure the wiring harness perimeter is not too high.
m

at
om

io
♦ If the repair position was previously shielded, the position must
n
c

in t
or

be re-shielded after repair, using yellow masking film.


his
ate

do
riv

♦ Secure the repaired wiring harness, if necessary, with a cable


p

cum
or

connector, to avoid noises while druving.


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Harness and connection repairs 115


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Early unlocking AG. Volkswagen AG d


agen oes
o lksw not
– Press the lever -1- down -arrow d byA-.
V gu
ara
ise nte
r
– Turn the quick-insert leverut -2- anti-clockwise -arrow B- until the
h o eo
ra
crimping frame moves sinto
s a
starting position. c

ce
le
un
When it is not possible to manually unlock:

pt
an
d
itte

y li
– Press the lever -1- down -arrow A-.
rm

ab
pe

ility
– Insert the wrench of the harness repair set - VAS 631 003- into
ot

wit
, is n

the bolt -3- on the rear side.

h re
hole

spec
– Turn the wrench anti-clockwise -arrow C- until the crimping
es, in part or in w

frame moves into starting position.

t to the co
Caution

rrectness of i
Do not use top connectors after early unlocking.
l purpos

nform
ercia

2.4.6 Repairs of aluminium cables with 2.5


m

a
com

tio
mm2, 4 mm2 or 6 mm2 with individual top

n in
r
te o

thi
connectors

s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

Special tools and workshop equipment required

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
♦ The Hot air blower - VAS 1978/14A- of the harness repair set C py
t. rig
- VAS 1978 B- . gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ The Hot air blower adapter - VAS 1978/15A- of the harness


repair set - VAS 1978 B- .
♦ Harness repair set - VAS 631 001-

Note

♦ Copper repair cables (per meter) with cross-section of 2.5


mm2, 4 mm2 or 6 mm2 are available for repairs.
♦ Additionally, individual copper repair cables with crimped/
pressed contacts are also available for repairs.

116 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Work sequence
– Install the crimping frame and the crimping puncture with con‐
tact guide and contact lock appropriate to the cable's cross
section onto the crimping pliers, as described below:
– Open the crimping pliers of the harness repair set - VAS 631
001- .
– Remove the safety pin -1- until reaching the stop, in the
-direction of arrow A-.
– Open the housing -2- in the -direction of arrow B-.

– Place the crimping frame -1- on the crimping pliers, aligning


the frame -1- to the front of the pliers.
– Secure the crimping frame with the pins -2- -arrow A- and
manually tighten the knurled bolt.
– Place the crimping puncture -3- into the housing based on the
crimping frame.
– Secure the crimping puncture with the pins -4- -arrow B- and
manually tighten the knurled bolt.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

– Close the adapter -1- in the -direction of arrow A-.


y li
rm

ab
pe

ility

– Insert the safety clip -2- in the -direction of arrow B- until


ot

reaching the stop.


wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Harness and connection repairs 117


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Place the contact lock -1- into the contact guide -2-.
– Place the contact guide with the contact lock into the crimping
pliers -5-, inserting the hole in the contact guide -2- over the
knurled bolt -4-.
– Turn the knurled bolt -3- and gtighten
en AG. V manually.
olkswagen AG
a does
lksw n
– Release the repair cable
db
y V approximately 20 cm on botht gsides
o o
ua
of the repair position.
o rise ran
te
th eo
s au ra
c
s
Caution

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
Risk of damages to electrical conductors.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

♦ Carefully release shielded wire harnesses.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
– If necessary, release the wiring harness shield using a knife.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Cut and remove the damaged cable section using the wire
stripper of the harness repair set - VAS 631 001- .

rrectness of i
l purpos

Note

nf
ercia

If the two ends of the simple vehicle conductor are too short to

or
repair with a single top connector, due to the cut out damaged
m
m

conductor section, install a piece of yellow copper repair cable atio


om

n in
with the same length and with two top connectors.
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Insert the end of the cable on the front until the stop of the C py
t. rig
proper housing based on the cable intersection area onto the
gh ht
pyri by
pliers.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Press the pliers completely.
– Open the pliers again and remove the coat from the end of the
cable.
• The insulation must have been cut and removed from the ca‐
ble
• There must not be any remaining insulation in the open wire
• Wires must not be damaged
– For repairs, use a suitable top connector with heat-shrink tube
of the harness repair set - VAS 631 001- .
– Insert the heat-shrink tube in one of the cables.

118 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Place the top connector -1- into the contact guide -2-.
• The top connector -1- must close aligned with the contact
guide -2- -arrow A-
– Insert the contact lock -3- until the stop, in the
-direction of arrow B-, securing the top connector -1-.
• The bumps -4- in the top connector -1- must fit onto the
grooves -5- of the contact lock -3-

– Insert the cable -2- with the exposed end until the stop of the
top connector -1- -arrow-. en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
lksw not
• Each individual wire must have been inserted
yV
o in the top con‐ gu
db ara
nector o
ir se nte
h eo
ut ra
• The insulation end must close completely
ss
a on the front insula‐ c
tion crimping corner.

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

– Close the crimping pliers completely until they open automat‐


itte

y li
ically.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
– Insert the contact lock -2- until reaching the stop, in the
-direction of the arrow-.
– Remove the top connector -1- from the contact guide -3-.
rrectne
– Turn the crimping pliers for 2nd crimping.
ss

– Repeat the cable crimping with top connector on the other


o
cial p

f i

side, as described above.


nform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
– Remove the safety pin -1- in the -direction of arrow A- until the
Co
op py
stop. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
– Open the housing -2- in the -direction of arrow B-.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the crimped top connector.

2. Harness and connection repairs 119


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Correct crimping result


• The cable end must not exceed 0.1 mm … 1.0 mm on the front
side of the wire crimping, measurement -a-
• The insulation end must not be crimped within the wire crimp‐
ing
• The insulation end must close completely on the front insula‐
tion crimping corner, -arrows-

After crimping, the heat-shrink tube must be shrunk over the top
connector with the hot air blower to isolate from humidity.
– Place the Hot air blower adapter - VAS 1978/15A- over the Hot
air blower - VAS 1978/14A- .

Caution

Risk of damages to surrounding components.


♦ When shrinking the heat-shrink tube, ensure no other ca‐agen AG. Volkswagen AG do
ble, plastic or insulation materials are damaged by the olhot
ksw es n
ot g
yV
air blower. se
d b ua
ran
i tee
or
♦ Closely follow the instruction manual for the ahot
ut air blower!
h or
ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
– Place the heat-shrink tube -1- on the centre, above the top
rm

ab
connector -2-.
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

• Measurement -a- must be approximately identical on both

h re
sides
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Heat the heat-shrink tube with the hot air blower longitudinally,

t to the co
from the centre out, until it is completely sealed and the ad‐
hesive comes out in the edges.

rrectness of i
• The repaired area must look like this -3-.
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tio

Note
n in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

♦ If multiple cables must be repaired, top connectors must not


do
r
rp

be different on each side. Slightly displace the top connectors


um
fo

en
g

to ensure the wiring harness perimeter is not too high.


n

t.
yi Co
op py
♦ If the repair position was previously shielded, the position must
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
be re-shielded after repair, using yellow masking film. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
♦ Secure the repaired wiring harness, if necessary, with a cable Prote AG.
connector, to avoid noises while druving.

120 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

2.4.7 Interruption in cables with a repaired


section
Repaired section with a pressure connection.
– Release the cable to be repaired (approx. 20 cm on both sides
of the section to be repaired).
– If necessary, remove the cable lining with a penknife.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
– Cut out the damaged section of the original cable, with Cable
erm

ab
stripping pliers - VAS 1978/3- .

ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

Note

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
If the two ends of the original simple cable do not have sufficient
length to execute the repair with an individual pressure connec‐
tion after they are cut, use a repair cable with the necessary length

rrectne
with two pressure connections ⇒ page 122 .
ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

– Strip 6 or 7 mm from the ends with the Cable stripping pliers -


atio
m

VAS 1978/3- .
o

n
c

i
or

– Insert the pressure connection into both stripped ends of the


thi
te

sd
a

original simple cable and compress with the Cleaving pliers -


iv

o
pr

VAS 1978/1- .
um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
Note
ht rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
♦ The correct compression cavity must be used for the corre‐
agen
Prote AG.
sponding pressure connection ⇒ page 100 .
♦ The cable lining must not be compressed.

After compression, carry out retraction of the pressure connection


with the Hot air blower - VAS 1978/14- to prevent entry of humid‐
ity.
– Assemble the Hot air blower adapter - VAS 1978/15- on the
Hot air blower - VAS 1978/14- .

2. Harness and connection repairs 121


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Heat the pressure connection with the Hot air blower - VAS
1978/14- in the lengthwise direction, from the centre to the
ends, until it is completely sealed and glue starts to come out
of the ends.

Caution

In the retraction of the connection by pressure, it is essential


to ensure that the Hot air blower - VAS 1978/14- does not
damage other cables, plastic parts or any other lining. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
Closely follow the instruction manual for the Hot air blower
ir se
d -
b ran
VAS 1978/14- . o tee
th or
au ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
Note

ility
ot p

wit
is n

♦ In the event that more than one cable needs repairing, ensure

h re
ole,

that the pressure connections are not placed together. In order

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

to prevent the section of cables from occupying too much

t to the co
space, position the pressure connection slightly away.
♦ In the event that the repaired section is warped, rewrap the
location with yellow adhesive after repairs have been carried

rrectne
out.

s
♦ If necessary, secure the repaired cables with a clamp, this

s o
avoiding the generation of any noise when the vehicle is later
cial p

f in
driven.

form
mer

atio
om

n
c

2.4.8 Interruption in cables with two repaired

i
or

n thi
e

sections
t

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

Repair section in the middle of the cable.

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Release the cable to be repaired (approx. 20 cm on both sides
C py
t. rig
gh
of the section to be repaired).
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– If necessary, remove the cable lining with a penknife. cted agen
Prote AG.

– Place the yellow repair cable alongside the damaged cable


and cut the necessary length from the repair cable with the
Cable stripping pliers - VAS 1978/3- .
– Cut out the damaged section of the original simple cable.

122 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Strip 6 or 7 mm from the ends with the Cable stripping pliers -


VAS 1978/3- .
– Apply one of the ends of the pressure connection to the original
simple cable and the other to the repair cable.
– Compress the two ends of the pressure connection cable with
the Cleaving pliers - VAS 1978/1- .
– Repeat this operation at the other end of the repair cable.

Note

♦ The correct compression cavity must be used for the corre‐


sponding pressure connection ⇒ page 100 .
♦ The cable lining must not be compressed.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage e
After compression,
yV
o carry out retraction of thes npressure
lks ot g
ua
connection
with a hotisair
ed blower in order to prevent entry of humidity.
b ran
r tee
ho
aut
– Assemble the Hot air blower adapter - VAS 1978/15- or
ac on the
ss Hot air blower - VAS 1978/14- .
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

– Heat the pressure connection in the lengthwise direction, from y li


erm

ab
the centre to the ends, until it is completely sealed and glue ility
ot p

starts to come out of the ends.


wit
is n

h re
ole,

Caution
spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

In the retraction of the connection by pressure, it is essential


to ensure that the hot air blower does not damage other cables,
plastic parts or any other lining.
rrectne

Read the instruction manual for the hot air blower carefully!
ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
m

Note
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

♦ In the event that more than one cable needs repairing, ensure
t

sd
iva

that the pressure connections are not placed together. In order


o
pr

cum
r
fo

to prevent the section of cables from occupying too much


en
ng

t.
space, position the pressure connection slightly away.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ In the event that the repaired section is warped, rewrap the
gh ht
yri by
location with yellow adhesive after repairs have been carried
cop Vo
by lksw
out.
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ If necessary, secure the repaired cables with a clamp, this


avoiding the generation of any noise when the vehicle is later
driven.

2.5 Fibre optic cable repairs


⇒ “2.5.1 Fibre optic cable - prepare ”, page 124
⇒ “2.5.2 Fibre optic cable of the the cable set connector - sepa‐
rate”, page 130
The exact faulty position is very difficult to find. Damaged fibre
optic cables must be replaced, seating the new cables parallel to
the damaged fibre optic cable.

2. Harness and connection repairs 123


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Note

♦ Through the points of the vehicle diagnostic test equipment


menu “Assisted fault identification” or “Assisted functions”, it
is possible to determine between which components the fibre
optic cable is damaged.
♦ Previously repaired fibre optic cables are identified in “yellow”.

Procedure:
– Select “Assisted fault identification” or “Assisted functions”
⇒ Vehicle diagnostic tester on the vehicle diagnostics testing
device.
– Fibre optic cable - prepare ⇒ page 124

Caution

Fibre optic cables must not be excessively bent. The bending


radius must be under 25 mm.
Fibre optic cables must not be seated over sharp edges.
The ends of fibre optic cables must not be contaminated or
touched with bare fingers.
Fibre optic cables must not be heated.
Intertwining two fibre optic cables or a fibre optic cable and a
copper cable is not allowed.
Protect the connector and the connection cable against dust.
Use protection covers.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
2.5.1 Fibre optic cable - prepare y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
Special tools and workshop equipment required s au ra
c
s
ce
le

♦ Repair set - fibre optic - VAS 6223A-


un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

124 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

♦ Plastic and rubber line cutting pliers - VAS 6228-

♦ Vehicle diagnostic tester

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Caution

t to the co
Fibre optic cables must not be excessively bent. The bending
radius must be under 25 mm.

rrectness of i
Fibre optic cables must not be seated over sharp edges.
l purpos

The ends of fibre optic cables must not be contaminated or


touched with bare fingers.

nform
ercia

Fibre optic cables must not be heated.


m

a
com

tio

Intertwining two fibre optic cables or a fibre optic cable and a


n in
r
te o

copper cable is not allowed.


thi
s
iva

do

Protect the connector and the connection cable against dust.


r
rp

cum
fo

Use protection covers.


en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Install the tool head on the fibre optic cable pliers - VAS 6223/1- . p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Harness and connection repairs 125


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Press the safety pins -arrows- to remove.


– Place the tool head -arrow- and remove the safety pins.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p
Shorten the fibre optic cable.

wit
, is n

h re
– Determine the required length of the fibre optic cable.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Open the fibre optic cable pliers and place the fibre optic cable

t to the co
-1- on the shortening housing.
– Close the fibre optic cable pliers to shorten the cable.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
c

Stripping
or

thi
te

sd
a

– Open the fibre optic cable pliers - VAS 6223/1- .


iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
– Place the stripping lever into lower position -arrow-.
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Insert the fibre optic cable on the stripping housing. C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
• The fibre optic cable must coincide precisely with the rear sec‐ co Vo
by lksw
tion of the cutting pliers. cted agen
Prote AG.

– Close and hold the fibre optic cable pliers until the fixed stop.
– Turn the stripping lever up -arrow- and remove the fibre optic
cable.

126 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Precision cutting (create frontal optic surface).


– Push the fibre optic cable -1- onto the cutting housing.
• The insulation must touch the cutting station stop.

– Close the fibre optic cable pliers - VAS 6223/1- and remove
the cable.
– Visual inspection of the cable -1-, checking if the cable was
cut correctly and if there are no chips on the front surface.

Note

♦ Only place the fibre optic cable over clean surfaces/bases or


hold the cable.
♦ Use protection covers if there is a risk of contamination of the
front surface of the fibre optic cable.

Install the tin pin contact on the fibre optic cable.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility

– Replace the tool head -arrow-.


ot

wit
, is n

– Move the lock in the fibre optic cable pliers -arrow- in a way
h re
hole

that the lettering “Stift” is visible.


spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Harness and connection repairs 127


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Insert a tin pin contact -1- into the housing.


– Close the safety lever in the fibre optic cable pliers -arrow-.

– Insert the fibre optic cable on the tin pin contact -arrow- until
the dampened stop and close the fibre optic cable pliers .
– Open the fibre optic cable pliers and remove the fibre optic
cable with tin pin contact.

Caution

Fibre optic cables must not be excessively bent (minimum


bending radius of 25 mm).

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
– Check if the tin pin contact
byV
ol
is properly seated -2- onto the
not
gu fibre
ara
optic cable -1-. ris ed
nte
ho eo
ut
• All 4 crimping
ss a points must be visible in the tin connection pin. ra
c
ce
le

• The tin pin contact cannot be manually removed from the fibre
un

pt
an
d

optic cable.
itte

y li
rm

ab

• The front surface of the fibre optic cable is located 0.01 ... 0.1
pe

ility

mm behind the tin pin contact (visual inspection).


ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

Note
es, in part or in w

t to the co

♦ Fitting couplings are available to connect fibre optic cables ⇒


Electronic Parts Catalogue .
rrectness of i

♦ Install the new fibre optic cable in the cable set connector
l purpos

⇒ page 130 .
nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

128 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Install the corrugated line on the fibre optic cable.


– Cut the corrugated line to the appropriate length.
• To cut the line, use the Plastic and rubber line cutting pliers -
VAS 6228- or a sharp knife.
• The corrugated line must never be cut with a side cutter.
• The corrugated line must be cut on the crest of the curve
-arrow-, not on the bottom.
• The corrugated line must fit onto the assembly into the fibre
optic cable body.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Insert the fibre optic cable, as shown in the figure, into the

wit
, is n

corrugated line assembly pliers - VAS 6223/10- .

h re
hole

– Place the corrugated line assembly pliers on the corrugated

spec
line's opening.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Push the corrugated line assembly pliers throughout the open‐
ing in the perimeter of the corrugated line. The fibre optic cable
is then placed into the corrugated line.
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Harness and connection repairs 129


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

2.5.2 Fibre optic cable of the the cable set


connector - separate
Remove
– Remove the fibre optic cable connector from the affected con‐
trol unit.
– Unlock the fibre optic cable connector by pressing the lock
-1-.
– Unlock the secondary lock -2- with a small screwdriver.
– Remove the fibre optic cable.

Caution

♦ Use protection covers to protect fibre optic cables against


dust and dirt.
♦ Use the new housing, since the secondary lock may be
damaged when removing the fibre optic cable.
♦ Follow the arrows on the basic module for the “IN” and
“OUT” orientations.

Install
Installation is carried out in reverse sequence. However, the fol‐
lowing must be observed:
– Only install fibre optic cables as identified.

Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
♦ Insert the corrugated line onto the connector byhousing until it is
Vo gu
ara
audibly secured in place. orised
nte
h eo
ut ra
♦ Close the open connector -2- for thess a fibre optic cable with the c
Fibre optic cable connector protection cover - VAS 6223/9-
ce
e
nl

pt

-Pos. 1-.
du

an
itte

y li

♦ The protection cover prevents contamination or mechanical


erm

ab
ility

damages to the front surface of the fibre optic cable, otherwise


ot p

this may compromise light transmission in the cable.


wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

2.6 Aerial cable repairs


t to the co
rrectness of i

2.6.1 Repair kit, aerial cable VAS 6720


l purpos

Aerial cable inspection: ⇒ page 131


Replace the tool head: ⇒ page 131
nform
ercia

Cut aerial cables: ⇒ page 132


m

at
om

io

Strip protection: ⇒ page 132


n
c

in t
or

his
e

Strip the outer lining: ⇒ page 135


at

do
priv

Strip the inner lining: ⇒ page 136


um
for

en
ng

t.
yi
Crimp the internal conductor: ⇒ page 137
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Crimp the external conductor: ⇒ page 139
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
Special tools and workshop equipment required
agen
Prote AG.

130 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

♦ Aerial cable repair set - VAS 6720-


The Aerial cable repair set - VAS 6720- allows ideal repair in the
RG 174 (blue) and RTK 031 (black) aerial cable repair areas. The
set contains the respective stripping and crimping tools for both
aerial cables. All other components required to assembly the
original socket similarly to factory conditions are available in the
set. This only requires the zero-coded coupler (green). All other
connection cables for different Infotainment systems are available
in (ETKA (EL - electrical connection element) in the 035-XX illus‐
trated panel. These special aerial cable adapters based on the
vehicle type must always be ordered separately. The aforemen‐
tioned illustrated panel also contains all individual parts for sub‐
sequent orders. The set's material compartments are identified
with respective part numbers. The repair kit is based on replace‐
ment heads available and the pliers system of VAS 1978B.

Note

Additional Information: ⇒ Instruction manual of the Aerial cable


repair set - VAS 6720-

Aerial cable inspection:


Test the respective aerial cable using a calibrator before initiating
repairs.
♦ -1- RG 174 system = blue
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
♦ -2- RTK 031 system = grey o lksw not
V gu
d by ara
e
In both systems, the positioning of tool heads is respectively
horis iden‐ nte
eo
tified with colours. aut ra
ss c

ce
Replace the tool head:
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

– Select the corresponding tool head according to the aerial ca‐

y li
erm

ab
ble test ⇒ page 131 .

ility
ot p

wit
– Open the pliers completely.
, is n

h re
hole

spec
– Unlock and remove both locking pins -arrows- from the pliers.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Harness and connection repairs 131


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Place the required replacement head over -arrow- the pliers.

– Lock the replacement head by pressing the pins -arrow- in the


pliers.
Cut aerial cables:

. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
– Insert the aerial cable -2- in the cutting
Vol
ksw device -1-.
a
not
y gu
db ara
– Close the tool and open itoagain.
ris
e nte
eo
h
ut ra
– Remove the aerial cable
ss from the
a cutting device. c
ce
le

Strip protection:
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

132 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab

– Insert the fastening pin -1- in the rotating cutting segment until
ility
ot p

reaching the stop.


wit
, is n

h re

– Insert the aerial cable -2- in the rotating cutting segment until
hole

spec

reaching the stop. The fastening pin -3- can be seen once
es, in part or in w

again.
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Harness and connection repairs 133


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Press the blade support -1- against the rotating cutting seg‐
ment axis until it is locked in place. The opening -2- under the
blade support must be completely closed.
– Hold the aerial cable to keep it from turning.
– Turn the rotating cutting segment -3- approximately 2 times in
the direction of the arrow until it turn smoothly.

134 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Pull the unlocking pin -1-. The blade support is unlocked and Prote
cted AG.
agen
released from the aerial cable.
– Insert the fastening pin -2- in the rotating cutting segment until
reaching the stop. The aerial cable is pressed onto the rotating
cutting segment.
– Remove the aerial cable shielding.
– Remove insulation scraps from the rotating cutting segment.
Strip the outer lining:

2. Harness and connection repairs 135


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

– Insert the aerial cable -2- into the housing -3- until the stop
itte

y li
rm

-1- in the tool head. ab


pe

ility
ot

– Close the tool and open it again.


wit
, is n

h re

– Remove the aerial cable -4-.


hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Strip the inner lining:


t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

136 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re

– Insert the aerial cable -2- into the housing -1- until the stop in
hole

spec

the tool head.


es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Close the tool and open it again.


– Remove the aerial cable -3-.
rrectness of i

Crimp the internal conductor:


l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Harness and connection repairs 137


. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 y V ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤t g,uaGol ...
olk no
b
Electrical system - General information
ris
ed
- Edition 07.2019 ran
tee
tho or
au ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Select the corresponding tool head ⇒ page 131 according to


the aerial cable test ⇒ page 131 .
– Unfold the swinging guide -2-.
– Open the positioning plate -3-. The positioning plate swings
up.
– Insert the internal contact -1- until the stop of the swinging
guide and release the positioning plate. The internal contact
is secured in place.
– Fold the swinging guide. The internal contact -4- is positioned
on the tool head.

138 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Insert the aerial cable -1- into the internal contact -2- on the
tool head. For such, keep the swinging guide in position.
– Close the tool until it opens automatically.
– Open the positioning plate -3- and remove the aerial cable.
Crimp the external conductor:

2. Harness and connection repairs 139


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Place the sleeve -2- and the external contact -1- over the in‐ t to the co
ternal conductor. The knurled part of the contact must be
inserted under the shielding -3- and above the aluminium
rrectness of i

sheet.
l purpos

– Push the external contact completely -4-. Ensure the bushing/


pin is properly seated in place.
nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

140 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– Push the sleeve -3- until the external contact. t to the co


– Open the tool and unfold the swinging guide -1-.
– Place the external contact -2- assembled on the tool head in
rrectne

the centre profile of the support rim -4-.


– Close the tool and open it again.
ss o
cial p

– Remove the aerial cable.


f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Harness and connection repairs 141


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , oFox ris 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol
e nte ...
h eo
Electrical system - General
aut information - Edition 07.2019 ra
c
ss

ce
le
2.7 Repairing connector terminals and con‐

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
nectors

rm

ab
pe

ility
ot
⇒ “2.7.1 Notes regarding repair work on connector terminal and

wit
, is n
connectors”, page 142

h re
hole

spec
⇒ “2.7.2 Repairing connector terminals”, page 142
es, in part or in w

t to the co
⇒ “2.7.3 Assembly of simple cable linings”, page 143
⇒ “2.7.4 Repairing connectors with the cutting/compression tech‐

rrectness of i
nique”, page 145
l purpos

2.7.1 Notes regarding repair work on connec‐


tor terminal and connectors

nform
mercia

a
com

t
Note

ion in
r
te o

thi
♦ Pay attention to the notes regarding repair work on the elec‐

s
iva

do
trical system
r
rp

cum
fo

⇒ “2.1 General notes on repair work on the electrical system

en
ng

t.
of the vehicle”, page 97 .
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ Matching the terminals for cleaving with the respective con‐
gh ht
yri by
nectors is carried out according to the part number engraved
op Vo
by c lksw
on the corresponding connector ⇒ Electronic Parts
cted agen
Prote AG.
Catalogue“ETKA”
♦ Any damaged connectors should be replaced.

2.7.2 Repairing connector terminals


– If necessary, first open or unlock the secondary locking device
of the connector terminals ⇒ page 146 .
– Unlock the terminal (primary locking device) with an appropri‐
ate unlocking tool ⇒ page 146 .
– Pull the simple cable terminal and remove it from the connec‐
tor.
– Select the yellow repair cable with the correct terminal of the
Harness repair set - VAS 1978- or Harness repair kit - VAS
1978A- .
– Release the section of the original cable to be repaired (ap‐
prox. 20 cm on both sides of the section to be repaired).
– If necessary, remove the cable lining with a penknife.
– Slot the new terminal of the repair cable onto the connector
until it locks in.

– If necessary, insert the lining of the simple cable -A- with its
respective assembly tool -B- until the stop in the connector.

Note

The smaller diameter of the lining should point towards the con‐
nector.

142 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Shorten the repair cable and original simple cable as neces‐


sary, with the Cable stripping pliers - VAS 1978/3- .

– Strip 6 or 7 mm from the ends of the repair cable and the orig‐
inal simple cable with the Cable stripping pliers - VAS 1978/3- .
– Compress the stripped ends of the repair cable and the simple
cable of the original harness with the cleaving pliers and a
pressure connection, as described in the chapter entitled “In‐
terruption in cables with a repaired section” ⇒ page 121 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or
Note aut
h eo
ra
ss c

ce
le

♦ In the event that more than one cable needs repairing, ensure
un

pt
an
that the pressure connections are not placed together. In order
d
itte

y li
to prevent the section of cables from occupying too much
erm

space, position the pressure connection slightly away. ab


ility
ot p

wit
is n

♦ In the event that the repaired section is warped, rewrap the h re


ole,

location with yellow adhesive after repairs have been carried


spec

out.
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

♦ If necessary, secure the repaired cables with a clamp, this


avoiding the generation of any noise when the vehicle is later
driven.
rrectnes

2.7.3 Assembly of simple cable linings


s o
cial p

f inform
mer

Note
atio
om

n
c

i
or

♦ Simple cable linings prevent water and dirt from getting into
thi
te

sd
a

the connector. These linings are assembled, e.g. in the engine


iv

o
pr

compartment, and should be reassembled whenever a repair


um
r
fo

has been carried out.


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
♦ The lining of original simple cables is cleaved onto the cable
C py
t. rig
gh
together with the terminal; this is not the case when the cable
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
is repaired. Thus, before compressing the repair cable, insert by c lksw
cted agen
the lining onto the cable.
Prote AG.

♦ Simple cable linings must be adapted to the cross section of


the repair cable used. The external diameter of the lining of
simple cables matches the diameter of the connector cham‐
ber. Assembly must only be executed with an appropriate
assembly tool.

2. Harness and connection repairs 143


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Assembly of simple cable linings:


– With an appropriate unlocking tool -A-, release the terminal
and remove the cable with its respective lining -arrow- from
the connector, by pulling it backwards.

– Cut off the old terminal together with the respective lining of
the original cable.

– Insert the repair cable with the new terminal into the respective
connector mounting until it locks into place.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re

– Insert the lining of the simple cable -A- into the free end of the
hole

spec

repair cable.
es, in part or in w

t to the co

Note
rrectness of i

The smaller diameter of the lining should point towards the con‐
l purpos

nector.

– Move the lining of the simple cable -A- onto the repair cable,
nf
ercia

up to the connector.
rm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

144 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Insert the lining of the simple cable -A- with its respective as‐
sembly tool -B- until the stop in the connector.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
– Shorten the repair cable and the original single cable of the
itte

y li
wiring harness as necessary, with the Cable stripping pliers - erm

ab
ility
VAS 1978/3- .
ot p

wit
, is n

– Compress the stripped ends of the repair cable and the simple

h re
hole

cable of the original harness with the cleaving pliers and a

spec
pressure connection, as described in the chapter entitled “In‐
es, in part or in w

t to the co
terruption in cables with a repaired section” ⇒ page 121 .

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

2.7.4 Repairing connectors with the cutting/


m

at
om

compression technique

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
riv

Note
p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
♦ For technical reasons, the connectors pertaining to the cutting/ Cop py
.
compression procedure may be supplied exclusively with
ht rig
rig ht
by
compression/cutting terminals already inserted. copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
♦ In the event they are not necessary, these terminals may be
AG.

removed in the same way as all the others.


♦ The repair cables supplied already have integrated terminals
with a corresponding cleaving process ⇒ Electronic Parts
Catalogue “ETKA” .

2. Harness and connection repairs 145


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

2.8 Unlocking and disassembling the termi‐


nals
⇒ “2.8.1 Note regarding the unlocking and disassembly of the
connectors”, page 146
⇒ “2.8.2 Secondary locking”, page 146
⇒ “2.8.3 Primary locking”, page 147
⇒ “2.8.4 Fastening systems for round terminals”, page 148
⇒ “2.8.5 Fastening systems for flat terminals”, page 148
⇒ “2.8.6 Fastening device for special terminals”, page 150
G. Volkswagen AG d
2.8.1 Note regarding the unlocking and disas‐ olks
wage
nA oes
not
sembly of the connectors
V gu
by ara
ed nte
ris
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
Note

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
♦ Pay attention to the notes regarding repair work on the elec‐
erm

ab
trical system

ility
ot p

⇒ “2.1 General notes on repair work on the electrical system

wit
, is n

of the vehicle”, page 97 .

h re
hole

spec
♦ Always use an appropriate unlocking tool for the purpose of
es, in part or in w

unlocking the terminal. The terminals must not, under any cir‐

t to the co
cumstances, be forced from the connectors.
♦ Any damaged connectors should be replaced.

rrectness of i
♦ Use a small screwdriver in order to release the secondary
l purpos

locking devices.
♦ Occupation of the pins is found engraved on the secondary

nform
ercia

locking device or the rear section of the connector.


m

at
♦ Additional information regarding the location of assembly of
om

io
terminals ⇒ Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and

n
c

in t
or

Fitting locations.

his
ate

do
priv

cum
or

The appropriate tools for disassembly indicated for the respective


f

en
g

locking devices can be consulted in a table in the ⇒ Instruction


n

t.
yi Co
op
manual for the Cleaving pliers - VAS 1978/1- . C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
2.8.2 Secondary locking cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
The secondary locking device is a fastening device (additional
locking device) which fastens all the cables to a connector. If a
connector has a secondary locking device, this should always be
unlocked or removed with an appropriate tool, before unlocking
and removing a terminal.
The secondary locking device is recognizable from the other
components of the connector by its colour. This simplifies recog‐
nition of the secondary locking device and clarifies it respective
purpose.
The types of connectors below are only some examples in order
to illustrate the different operational modes of the secondary lock‐
ing devices.

146 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Example 1:
The locking device is released upon removal “comb type element”
-arrow-.

Example 2:
The locking device is released when a “cap” -arrow-is opened.

Example 3:
The locking device is released when a “sliding
agenlock” -arrow-isAG
AG. Volkswagen re‐
does
ksw
moved. by
Vol not
gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho e or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

2.8.3 Primary locking


The primary locking device is the slot that fastens a terminal to a
rrectness of i

connector.
l purpos

If there are secondary locking devices, unlock or remove these


with an appropriate tool, before releasing the terminals
⇒ page 146 .
nf
ercia

or

The types of connectors below are only some examples in order


m
m

atio

to illustrate the different operational modes of the primary locking


om

devices.
n in
or c

thi
e

♦ Fastening systems of round terminals ⇒ page 148


t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

♦ Fastening systems of flat terminals ⇒ page 148


o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
♦ Fastening systems of special terminals ⇒ page 150 . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig
The appropriate tools for disassembly indicated for the respective py by
co Vo
locking devices can be consulted in a table in the ⇒ Instruction
by lksw
cted agen
manual for the Cleaving pliers - VAS 1978/1- .
Prote AG.

2. Harness and connection repairs 147


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

2.8.4 Fastening systems for round terminals

Note

If there are secondary locking devices, unlock or remove these


with an appropriate tool, before releasing the terminals
⇒ page 146 .

– Insert the unlocking tool indicated for the connector


swa
in. Vquestion
gen AG
olkswagen AG
does
into the unlocking groove. by Volk not
gu
ara
ed nte
– Slot the terminal onto the cable and ris
ho press it lightly into the e
connector -arrow-. aut or
ac
s s

ce
le

– Press the unlocking tool towards the connector -arrows- and


un

pt
remove the loose terminals from the connector.

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Note

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
When pressing the terminal towards the connector, the fastening
urposes, in part or in wh

locks are released from the connector, thus enabling their remov‐

t to the co
al with an unlocking tool.

rrectne
– After removing the terminal, the unlocking tool can be removed
from the connector.

ss o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
2.8.5 Fastening systems for flat terminals cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

If there are secondary locking devices, unlock or remove these


with an appropriate tool, before releasing the terminals
⇒ page 146 .

Fastening system for flat terminals with a fastening protrusion:


– Insert the unlocking tool indicated for the connector in question
into the unlocking groove.

148 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Slot the terminal onto the cable and press it lightly into the
connector -arrow-.

– Press the unlocking tool towards the connector -arrows- and


remove the loose terminals from the connector.

Note

When pressing the terminal towards the connector, the fastening


locks are released from the connector, thus enabling their remov‐
al with an unlocking tool.

– After removing the terminal, the unlocking tool can be removed


from the connector.
Fastening system for flat terminals with two fastening protrusions:
. Volkswage
– Insert the unlockingktool agindicated
en AG for the connector
n AG d
oes in question
l sw not
into the unlocking
by
Vogroove. gu
a
ed ran
ris tee
ho
– Slot thes aterminal
ut
onto the cable and press it lightly into theor
ac
connector
s -arrow-.
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne

– Press the unlocking tool towards the connector -arrows- and


ss

remove the loose terminals from the connector.


o
cial p

f inform
mer

Note
atio
om

n
c

i
or

When pressing the terminal towards the connector, the fastening


thi
te

sd
a

locks are released from the connector, thus enabling their remov‐
iv

o
pr

al with an unlocking tool.


um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– After removing the terminal, the unlocking tool can be removed C py
ht. rig
from the connector. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Asymmetry: cted agen
Prote AG.

– Insert the unlocking tool indicated for the connector in question


into the unlocking groove.

2. Harness and connection repairs 149


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Slot the terminal onto the cable and press it lightly into the
connector -arrow-.

Note

When pressing the terminal towards the connector, the fastening


locks are released from the connector, thus enabling their remov‐
al with an unlocking tool.

– Press the unlocking tool towards the connector-arrows-and


remove the loose terminals from the connector.
– After removing the terminal, the unlocking tool can be removed
from the connector.

2.8.6 Fastening device for special terminals

Note n AG. Volkswagen AG do


lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
If there are secondary lockinghor devices, unlock or remove these
is tee
with an appropriate tool,s abefore
ut
releasing the terminals or
ac
⇒ page 146 . s
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

Faston auxiliary terminals:


y li
rm

ab
pe

ility

– Insert the unlocking tool indicated for the connector in question


ot

into the unlocking groove.


wit
, is n

h re
hole

– Slot the terminal onto the cable and press it lightly into the
spec

connector -arrow-.
es, in part or in w

t to the co

Note
rrectness of i

When pressing the terminal towards the connector, the fastening


l purpos

locks are released from the connector, thus enabling their remov‐
al with an unlocking tool.
nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

150 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Press the unlocking tool towards the connector-arrows-and


remove the loose terminals from the connector.
– After removing the terminal, the unlocking tool can again be
removed from the terminal box.

GT 150/280 terminals:
– Insert the unlocking tool indicated for the connector in question
into the unlocking groove.
– Slot the terminal onto the cable and press it lightly into the
connector -arrow-.

The terminal is cast off the connector.


– After removing the terminal, the unlocking tool can again be
removed from the terminal box.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit

Terminals without fastening protrusions:


is n

h re
ole,

– Insert the unlocking tool under the fastening protrusion of the


spec
urposes, in part or in wh

connector.
t to the co

– Press the unlocking tool to the stop and lightly lift it -arrow-.
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Harness and connection repairs 151


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

The terminal is cast off the connector.


– After removing the terminal, the unlocking tool can again be
removed from the terminal box.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

152 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
Fox 2004 oris ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995
e nte ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
h eo
aut Electrical system - General information ra
c
- Edition 07.2019
ss

ce
le
un

pt
3 Electrical contact cleaning set - VAS

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
6410-

pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
3.1 Use of the Electrical contact cleaning set
es, in part or in w

t to the co
- VAS 6410-
⇒ “3.1.1 Maintenance of cable eyes”, page 153

rrectness of i
⇒ “3.1.2 Maintenance of bolted joints”, page 155
l purpos

⇒ “3.1.3 Clean battery terminals”, page 156


⇒ “3.1.4 Preservation”, page 158

nform
ercia

The Electrical contact cleaning set - VAS 6410- allows ideal re‐
m

a
com

ti
pairs in the vehicle's electrical system. The tools can be used to

on in
carry out maintenance in the wiring harness contact sensor sector
r
te o

thi
for bolted joints in the intense current circuit (charging and starter

s
iva

do
current). The Electrical contact cleaning set - VAS 6410- is adap‐
r
rp

cum
ted to the construction conditions of vehicles and ensures a safe
fo

en
g

process and comfortable working conditions.


n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
Note
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Maintenance work figures are provided merely for illustrative pur‐


poses.

Electrical contact cleaning set

3.1.1 Maintenance of cable eyes


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ VAG 1331

Note

♦ Using rust remover, contact sprays or greases must be avoi‐


ded because the lack of friction in the thread causes excess
tightening torque and ultimately breaks the threaded joint.
♦ Gray sandpaper can be used for light dirt and "smooth surfa‐
ces". Red sandpaper can be used for intense dirt and "hard
surfaces".

3. Electrical contact cleaning set VAS 6410 153


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

WARNING

Risk of injuries! Follow all safety instructions!

– Disconnect the battery.


– Release the cover nut and remove the bolted cable eye.
– Inspect the cable eye for corrosion, dirt, etc.
– Select the adapter matching the respective sandpaper.

Note

Sandpaper blocks can be used alternatively.

Caution

Ensure the tin layer is not excessively worn, exposing the cop‐
per. This could create a galvanic element that destroys the
metal and results in defective repairs.

Note

Due to the thickness of layers based on the tin structure type, the
cleaning process must be carried out in multiple stages and re‐
quires an intermediary visual inspection of the cable eye.

– Place the adapter in the cable eye and grind the corrosion and
dirt in circular movements. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
– Check the cable eye and continue grinding if necessary. by V ol
gu
ara
d
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
154
AG.
Rep. gr.97 - Wiring
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014ge➤ n A,GGol
. Volk1995 ➤AG, dGol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
swagen
wa oes
Electrical system
y Volks - General information - nEdition
ot g 07.2019
b ua
ed ran
ris tee
– If necessary, remove stamping residues in the thcable eye using
o
or
au
a deburrer. ss
ac

ce
le
un
– Bolt the cable eye again to the specified torque, ⇒ Current flow

pt
an
d
diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations

itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
Note

, is n

h re
hole

spec
Ideal contact is ensured when bolted components are tightened

es, in part or in w
to the specified torque after cleaning.

t to the co
– Carry out joint preservation using the respective preserving

rrectness of i
medium, ⇒ page 158 l purpos

– Reconnect the battery.

nform
ercia

WARNING
m

a
com

t
Risk of injuries! Follow all safety instructions

ion in
⇒ “1.3 Warning notes and safety norms”, page 3 !
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
– Reprogram the electric window, insert the radio code, set the
fo

en
ng

time and, if necessary, recode the control unit with fault mes‐
t.
yi Co
op
sages.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
3.1.2 Maintenance of bolted joints cted agen
Prote AG.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ VAG 1331

Note

♦ Using rust remover, contact sprays or greases must be avoi‐


ded because the lack of friction in the thread causes excess
tightening torque and ultimately breaks the threaded joint.
♦ Gray sandpaper can be used for light dirt and "smooth surfa‐
ces". Red sandpaper can be used for intense dirt and "hard
surfaces".

WARNING

Risk of injuries! Follow all safety instructions


⇒ “1.3 Warning notes and safety norms”, page 3 !

– Disconnect the battery.

3. Electrical contact cleaning set VAS 6410 155


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Release the cover nut and remove the bolted cable eye.
– Check the bolted joint for corrosion, dirt, etc.
– Select the adapter matching the respective sandpaper for the
bolted joint.

Caution

Ensure the tin layer is not excessively worn, exposing the cop‐
per. This could create a galvanic element that destroys the
metal and results in defective repairs. wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
e ks s no
Vol t gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
Note ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

Due to the thickness of layers based on the tin structure type, the
itte

y li
erm

cleaning process must be carried out in multiple stages and re‐

ab
ility
quires an intermediary visual inspection of the cable eye.
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
– Place the adapter in the bolted joint and grind the corrosion
urposes, in part or in wh

and dirt in circular movements.

t to the co
– Check the bolted joint and continue grinding if necessary.
– Bolt the joint and the locating element, if necessary, tightening

rrectne
to the specified torque. ⇒ Current flow diagrams, Electrical
fault finding and Fitting locations

ss o
cial p

f inform
Note
mer

atio
m

Ideal contact is ensured when bolted components are tightened


o

n
c

i
or

n
to the specified torque after cleaning.

thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

– Carry out bolted joint preservation using the respective pre‐ cum
r
fo

en
ng

serving medium, ⇒ page 158 . yi


t.
Co
op py
– Reconnect the battery. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
WARNING Prote AG.

Risk of injuries! Follow all safety instructions


⇒ “1.3 Warning notes and safety norms”, page 3 !

– Reprogram the electric window, insert the radio code, set the
time and, if necessary, recode the control unit with fault mes‐
sages.

3.1.3 Clean battery terminals


Special tools and workshop equipment required

156 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

♦ VAG 1331

Note

Using rust remover, contact sprays or greases must be avoided


because the lack of friction in the thread causes excess tightening
torque and ultimately breaks the threaded joint.

WARNING
n AG. Volkswagen A
Risk of injuries! Follow olks
wage all safety Ginstructions
does
not
⇒ “1.3 Warning notes and
d b safety norms”, page 3 !
y V gu
ara
e nte
ris
tho eo
s au ra
c
– Disconnect the
s battery.
ce
e
nl

pt
du

– Check battery terminals for corrosion or dirt.


an
itte

y li
erm

ab

– Battery terminals must be cleaned using a battery terminal


ility
ot p

steel brush in circular movements.


wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio

– Battery terminals must be cleaned using the underside of the


om

n in

battery terminal steel brush in circular movements.


or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

WARNING
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
Risk of injuries! Follow all safety instructions ⇒ page 3 !
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
– Reconnect the battery and tighten the terminals to the speci‐
cted agen
Prote AG.
fied torque.

Note

Ideal contact is ensured when bolted components are tightened


to the specified torque after cleaning.

3. Electrical contact cleaning set VAS 6410 157


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

3.1.4 Preservation

Caution

Lack of preservation leads to damages in on-board systems.

Note

♦ All bolted joints must be tightened to the specified torque.


♦ The hose provided along with the preserving agent can must
be used in preservation works.
♦ The preserving wax is used in cold regions.
♦ The hollow-space preserving agent is used in warm regions.
♦ Due to the capillary effect, preserving agents are automatically
absorbed in affected spots.

– Hold the nozzle under the cable eye and spray around the
pins.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
– Hold the nozzle over theaut cable eye and spray the pins and
h
ra
around the cable eye.ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

158 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

4 Lambda probe - replace


⇒ “4.1 LSF lambda probe (4 poles) - replace”, page 159
⇒ “4.2 LSU lambda probe (6 poles) - replace”, page 160
⇒ “4.3 Versions of the protection tube of unit lambda probes”,
page 161

Note

♦ There must not be any maintenance in lambda probe cables,


since this could result in functional faults.
♦ When necessary, define the components, cable connectors or
weld marking tapes based on the faulty probe's specifications.
♦ If necessary, identify the lambda probe according to the pro‐
tection tube, ⇒ page 161

4.1 LSF lambda probe (4 poles) - replace

Note

♦ When necessary, define the components, cable connectors or


weld marking tapes based on the faulty probe's specifications.
♦ There must not be any maintenance in lambda probe cables,
since this could result in functional faults.

– Remove the faulty lambda probe.


– Place one lambda probe next to the other and align the sen‐
sors at the same height.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
159
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Lambda probe - replace
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e nte
Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox t2010 ho
ris
➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 eo ➤ , Gol ...
u
Electrical system
ss a - General information - Edition 07.2019 ra
c

ce
le
un

pt
– Secure the unit probe (approximately 50 - 250 mm) over the

an
d
itte
faulty probe's compartment and attach the cable connectors

y li
erm

ab
-1-.

ility
ot p

wit
– Check if the lambda probe connector housing is compatible
is n

h re
with the side of the vehicle's electrical system.
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– If necessary, replace the vehicle electrical system connector

t to the co
with the housing of the lambda probe connector,
⇒ “2.7 Repairing connector terminals and connectors”,
page 142

rrectne
Note

ss o
cial p

f in
♦ The connector housing must only be replaced in older vehi‐

form
mer

cles. In new vehicles, the connector housing code is compat‐

atio
ible.
om

n
c

i
♦ Check for proper pinout. For better visualization, individual
or

n thi
e

pins of the new connector housing are marked with colour co‐
t

sd
iva

o
des.
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

♦ Additional indications may be found in the attachment of the


t.
yi Co
op
new lambda probe. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
– Install the new lambda probe on the vehicle.
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.2 LSU lambda probe (6 poles) - replace

Note

♦ When necessary, define the components, cable connectors or


weld marking tapes based on the faulty probe's specifications.
♦ Cables must not be chipped or cut, since this will affect the
lambda probe's operation.

– Remove the old lambda probe.


– Place one lambda probe next to the other and align the sen‐
sors at the same height.

160 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

– Secure the unit probe (approximately 50 - 250 mm) over the


faulty probe's compartment and attach the cable connectors
-1-.
– Install the new lambda probe on the vehicle.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

4.3 Versions of the protection tube of unit

wit
is n

lambda probes

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
Note

In addition to part numbers, parts can also be identified by the

rrectne
protection tube.

ss
Version D1, 6 openings with 3.5 mm each

o
cial p

f inform
Only used for LSF lambda probes - 4 poles.
mer

atio
Version D2, 6 openings with 2 mm each
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Used for LSF lambda probes - 4 poles and LSU lambda probes -
6 poles.
Version D4, 12 openings with 1.4 mm each

4. Lambda probe - replace 161


Fox 2004 ➤ , Fox 2010 ➤ , Fox 2014 ➤ , Gol 1995 ➤ , Gol 1999 ➤ , Gol ...
Electrical system - General information - Edition 07.2019

Used for LSF lambda probes - 4 poles and LSU lambda probes -
6 poles.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

162 Rep. gr.97 - Wiring

You might also like